TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________________________________________________________________
TECHNICAL MANUAL

OPERATOR'S, UNIT,
DIRECT SUPPORT, AND
GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS)

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

2-1

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS

3-1

UNIT MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS

4-1

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL
SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS

5-1

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION
CHART

B-1

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL
TOOLS LIST

F-1

TRAILER, AMMUNITION,
HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY,
11 TON, M989A1
(2330-01-275-7474) (EIC: CAG)
APPROVED FOR PUBLIC RELEASE. DISTRIBUTION IS UNLIMITED.

________________________________________________________________
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
DECEMBER 1991

PIN: 069300-001

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of the dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
Protect eyes when opening drain cock and avoid the air stream. Failure
to do so could result in personal injury.
A hot brake or drum can cause serious burns. Exercise extreme caution
before attempting to touch brake drum after use. Slowly move hand
toward drum. If drum is overheated, radiated heat will be felt before
the hand actually touches the drum.
Two persons are required to connect towing vehicle and trailer; one
operates the towing vehicle, and one lifts the towbar with tiedown
strap and acts as a spotter.
Be alert for other moving vehicles in the area. Do not stand between
towing vehicle and trailer when towing vehicle is Lacking up. Serious
injury can result if personnel are caught between vehicles. Set chocks
front and rear of rear tires on trailer.
Make sure cotter pin is properly installed in pintle so trailer does
not break loose and cause injury to personnel.
The side panels are heavy and awkward to handle. Use caution and two
persons when removing or replacing side panels to avoid injury to
personnel.
Do not allow any personnel to stand between the towing vehicle and
trailer when backing. Make sure that you can see your ground guides at
all times. Serious injury or death can occur if personnel are caught
between moving vehicles.
Backing the trailer without locking towbar may cause vehicle to
jackknife, injuring personnel and damaging equipment. Perform this
procedure only when absolutely necessary.
When trailer has been backed with towbar locked, pull forward to
relieve sideload pressure between pintle and towbar before attempting
to unlock towbar lockpin or disconnect from pintle. Failure to relieve
sideload may result in injury to personnel.
Two people and the davit crane from HEMTT will be required to raise or
lower the spare tire. Clear all personnel from the immediate area to
prevent possible injury when the tire is lifted from the deck. Use all
possible care when handling to prevent injury. The tire weighs
approximately 300 pounds.
The tire weighs approximately 300 pounds. Use two people and a suitable
lifting device and exercise care in handling to prevent injury.

Change 1

a

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
Take care not to get grease on brake shoes or brake linings, as this
will cause uneven or poor braking action, and may result in personal
injury or equipment damage.
Changing wheels and tires on the trailer requires two people and
considerable caution to avoid possible injury. The wheel opposite from
the one being changed must be chocked front and rear.
Wheels and tires are heavy. To avoid personal injury, use two people
when handling wheels and tires.
When caging brake air chamber, do not remove flange nuts or bolts. High
spring pressure inside air chamber can cause injury if released.
Do not attempt to disassemble brake air chambers. The springs inside
the chambers are under heavy tension and may cause severe injury if
released during disassembly.
To avoid personal injury, never work under a vehicle supported only by
a jack. Always use cap on jack when raising axles.
Use two persons when removing brake drum to avoid injury.
Be careful when removing air cleaner top nut because of high spring
pressure behind nut.
Towbar is heavy and requires three persons to safely remove it: two
persons to support towbar while one person removes pin.
Towbar pivot is heavy and will fall when pin is removed. Support pivot
before removing pin.
Pivot bar is heavy. Remove carefully to avoid personal injury.
The resin and hardener contained in the two-part epoxy coating may
cause irritation to the skin and eyes. Plastic gloves should be worn
while handling these materials. Wipe these materials from the skin
using dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I), and wash with soap
and warm water if contact is made. Wear goggles when applying coating
to prevent contact with the eyes.
Coatings can cause internal injury during prolonged breathing of
vapors. Wear respirator to prevent inhaling vapors. Use adequate
ventilation.
To avoid injury to personnel and damage to equipment, connecting the
trailer requires two persons.
Do not stand between towing vehicle and trailer or on front deck area
when vehicle is backing up. Serious injury can occur

b

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14P

________

WARNING
When using foldable steps, take care to place foot on center of step.
Otherwise foot may slip off side, resulting in serious injury.
Two persons are required to raise or lower side panels.
Two persons are required to remove or install davit crane on HEMTT or
trailer, one person on vehicle and one person on ground. Hoist arm
weighs 46 pounds and extension weighs 22 pounds. Handle both carefully
to avoid injury to personnel.
Do not lean against davit crane while routing cable over end of pulley.
Davit crane is designed to move in mount and could cause a fall
resulting in serious injury.
When davit crane lifts tire clear of ground, weight will shift. Use all
possible caution when guiding tire to avoid possible injury.
Do not stand beneath spare tire at any time. Use caution when
repositioning and lowering spare tire.
Do not stand on front deck when raising spare tire.
To prevent tire from slipping and causing personal injury, lifting
plate must be installed as shown, with lifting plate lugs in lower
holes, and loop in center of tire.
Personnel on front deck must use extreme care to avoid tripping over
spare tire, fire extinguisher, and lifting eyes. Otherwise serious
injuries may occur.
Two persons are required to reposition davit crane and tire. Use
extreme care to avoid tripping over spare tire mount, fire
extinguisher, and lifting eyes. Otherwise serious injury could occur.
Do not attempt to dismount tire until tire has been completely
deflated. When released suddenly, air under pressure can cause serious
injury.
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
Tow with the M270 during wartime usage, under emergency conditions
only, as a last resort. Injury or death to personnel may result.
Use extreme caution when towing the trailer with the M270. Trailer will
have no braking capability. Death or serious injury may result.
To avoid injury to personnel and damage to the equipment, set chocks
front and rear of rear tires on trailer when connecting/disconnecting
from/to towing vehicle.

Change 1

c

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
To avoid injury, personnel must stand clear of trailer suspension when
opening drain cocks on air reservoirs. Trailer suspension will drop as
air is released.
Do not attempt to move the HEMAT vehicle by hand after it has been
disconnected from the towing vehicle. The brake chambers are designed
to apply automatically when the trailer is disconnected from the towing
vehicle or if loss of air pressure occurs. The brakes are not to be
hand activated to override the control valve under any circumstances.
Attempting to move the trailer by hand could result in serious injury
or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
Drum and tank tiedown kit must be installed before loading fuel
bladders or fuel drums onto trailer or injury to personnel and damage
to equipment could occur.

d

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change
No. 1

HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 31 January 2002

OPERATOR'S, UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT,
AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
(INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS)
FOR
TRAILER, AMMUNITION,
HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY,
11 TON, M989A1
(2330-01-275-7474) (EIC: CAG)
TM 9-2330-383-14&P, 13 December 1991, is changed as follows:
1. Remove old pages and insert new pages as indicated below. New or changed
material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page. Changes to
illustrations are indicated by miniature pointing hands.
Remove Pages

Insert Pages

b and c
i thru iv
1-3 thru 1-8
1-9/(1-10 Blank)
None
2-9 and 2-10
2-13 thru 2-18
None
2-19 thru 2-26
None
2-27 thru 2-34
None
2-35 and 2-36
2-39 and 2-40
2-41/(2-42 Blank)
None
3-1 thru 3-14
3-17/(3-18 Blank)
4-1 thru 4-4
4-7 and 4-8
4-11 thru 4-16
None
4-17 and 4-18
None
4-19 and 4-20
None
4-21 and 4-22
4-25 thru 4-32
4-37 thru 4-42
None
4-43 and 4-44
4-55 thru 4-58

a thru d
i thru iv
1-3 thru 1-8
1-9 and 1-10
1-11/(1-12 Blank)
2-9 and 2-10
2-13 thru 2-18
2-18.1/(2-18.2 Blank)
2-19 thru 2-26
2-26.1 and 2-26.2
2-27 thru 2-34
2-34.1/(2-34.2 Blank)
2-35 and 2-36
2-39 and 2-40
2-41 and 2-42
2-43/(2-44 Blank)
3-1 thru 3-14
3-17/(3-18 Blank)
4-1 thru 4-4
4-7 and 4-8
4-11 thru 4-16
(4-16.1 Blank)/4-16.2
4-17 and 4-18
4-18.1 and 4-18.2
4-19 and 4-20
4-20.1/(4-20.2 Blank)
4-21 and 4-22
4-25 thru 4-32
4-37 thru 4-42
4-42.1 and 4-42.2
4-43 and 4-44
4-55 thru 4-58

TM 9-2330-383-14&P
C1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.
NOTE:

The portion of the text affected by changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins
of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by miniature pointing hands. Changes to
wiring diagrams are indicated by shaded areas.

Dates of original and changed pages are:
Original ... 0 ... 13 December 1991
Change … 1 …. ..31 January 2002
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS PUBLICATION IS 378 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page
No.

*Change
No.

Page
No.

*Change
No.

4-14 - 4-15 ............................................. 0
4-16........................................................ 1
4-16.1 Blank .......................................... 1
4-16.2..................................................... 1
4-17 - 4-18 ............................................. 1
4-18.1 - 4-18.2 ....................................... 1
4-19 - 4-20 ............................................. 1
4-20.1..................................................... 1
4-20.2 Blank .......................................... 1
4-21........................................................ 0
4-22........................................................ 1
4-23 - 4-24 ............................................. 0
4-25........................................................ 1
4-26........................................................ 0
4-27 - 4-32 ............................................. 1
4-33 - 4-37 ............................................. 0
4-38 - 4-39 ............................................. 1
4-40 - 4-41 ............................................. 0
4-42........................................................ 1
4-42.1 - 4-42.2 ....................................... 1
4-43 - 4-44 ............................................. 1
4-45 - 4-55 ............................................. 0
4-56 - 4-58 ............................................. 1
4-58.1 - 4-58.18 ..................................... 1
4-59........................................................ 1
4-60........................................................ 0
4-61........................................................ 1
4-62 - 4-72 ............................................. 0
4-73 - 4-77 ............................................. 1
4-78 - 4-90 ............................................. 0
4-91 - 4-94 ............................................. 1
4-95........................................................ 0
4-96 Blank ............................................. 0
5-1 - 5-17 ............................................... 0
5-18........................................................ 1
A-1......................................................... 0
A-2......................................................... 1
B-1 - B-8................................................ 0
B-9 ......................................................... 1
B-10 ....................................................... 0
C-1 - C-4................................................ 1
D-1......................................................... 1
D-2 Blank .............................................. 1
E-1 ......................................................... 0
E-2 - E-3 ................................................ 1
E-4 Blank............................................... 1
F-1 - F-9................................................. 1

Front Cover ............................................ 1
Blank Back............................................. 1
a - d ........................................................ 1
i - iv........................................................ 1
1-1 - 1-2 ................................................. 0
1-3 .......................................................... 1
1-4 .......................................................... 0
1-5 - 1-11 ............................................... 1
1-12 Blank.............................................. 1
2-1 - 2-8 ................................................. 0
2-9 .......................................................... 1
2-10 - 2-13.............................................. 0
2-14 - 2-18.............................................. 1
2-18.1 ..................................................... 1
2-18.2 Blank........................................... 1
2-19 - 2-26.............................................. 1
2-26.1 - 2-26.2........................................ 1
2-27 ........................................................ 0
2-28 ........................................................ 1
2-29 ........................................................ 0
2-30 - 2-31.............................................. 1
2-32 - 2-33.............................................. 0
2-34 ........................................................ 1
2-34.1 ..................................................... 1
2-34.2 Blank........................................... 1
2-35 ........................................................ 1
2-36 - 2-38.............................................. 0
2-39 ........................................................ 1
2-40 ........................................................ 0
2-41 - 2-43.............................................. 1
2-44 Blank.............................................. 1
3-1 ......................................................... 0
3-2 .......................................................... 1
3-3 .......................................................... 0
3-4 .......................................................... 1
3-5 .......................................................... 0
3-6 - 3-10 ............................................... 1
3-11 ........................................................ 0
3-12 - 3-14.............................................. 1
3-15 - 3-16.............................................. 0
3-17 ........................................................ 1
3-18 Blank.............................................. 1
4-1 - 4-3 ................................................. 1
4-4 - 4-7 ................................................. 0
4-8 .......................................................... 1
4-9 - 4-11 ............................................... 0
4-12 - 4-13.............................................. 1
*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

Change 1

A

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGED PAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES.
NOTE:

Page
No.

The portion of the text affected by changes is indicated by a vertical line in the outer margins
of the page. Changes to illustrations are indicated by miniature pointing hands. Changes to
wiring diagrams are indicated by shaded areas.

*Change
No.

Page
No.

Fig. 22 - 22-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 23 - 23-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 24 - 24-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 25 - 25-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 26 - 26-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 27 - 27-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 28 - 28-1 ......................................... 1
Fig. 29 (Sheet 1) - 29-1 .......................... 1
Fig. 29 (Sheet 2) - 29-2 .......................... 1
Fig. 30 - 30-1 ......................................... 1
30-2 Blank ............................................. 1
KITS-1 ................................................... 1
KITS-2 Blank ........................................ 1
BULK-1 ................................................. 1
Fig. 31 - 31-1 ......................................... 1
31-2 Blank ............................................. 1
I-1 - I-22 ................................................ 1
G-1......................................................... 1
G-2 - G-4 ............................................... 0
G-5......................................................... 1
G-6 Blank .............................................. 1
H-1 - H-2 ............................................... 0
Index 1 ................................................... 0
Index 2 ................................................... 1
Index 3 - Index 6.................................... 0
Index 7 - Index 8.................................... 1

Fig. 1 - 1-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 1A - 1A-1 ........................................ 1
Fig. 2 - 2-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 3 (Sheet 1) - 3-1 .............................. 1
Fig. 3 (Sheet 2) - 3-2 .............................. 1
Fig. 4 - 4-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 5 - 5-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 6 (Sheet 1) - 6-1 .............................. 1
Fig. 6 (Sheet 2) - 6-2 .............................. 1
Fig. 7 - 7-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 8 - 8-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 8A - 8A-1 ........................................ 1
8A-3 ....................................................... 1
Fig. 9 - 9-1.............................................. 1
Fig. 10 - 10-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 11 - 11-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 12 - 12-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 13 - 13-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 14 - 14-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 15 - 15-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 16 - 16-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 17 - 17-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 18 (Sheet 1) - 18-1 .......................... 1
Fig. 18 (Sheet 2) - 18-2 .......................... 1
Fig. 19 - 19-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 20 - 20-1.......................................... 1
Fig. 21 - 21-1.......................................... 1

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

B

Change 1

*Change
No.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

TECHNICAL MANUAL

HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington D. C., 13 December 1991

No. 9-2330-383-14&P

OPERATOR'S, UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT,
AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS
FOR
TRAILER, AMMUNITION,
HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY,
11 TON, M989A1
NSN 2330-01-275-7474 (EIC: CAG)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this publication. If you find any mistakes or if you know of
a way to improve the procedures, please let us know. Submit your DA Form 2028
(Recommended Changes to Equipment Publications), through the Internet, on the Army
Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The internet address is
http://aeps.ria.army.mil. If you need a password, scroll down and click on “ACCESS
REQUEST FORM”. The DA Form 2028 is located in the ONLINE FORMS PROCESSING section
of the AEPS. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS
will enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form
2028 program. You may also mail, fax, or e-mail your letter or DA Form 2028
direct to: AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island,
IL 61299-7630. The e-mail address is TACOM-TECH-PUBS@ria.army.mil. The fax
number is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726.

Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
CHAPTER 1
Section I
Section II

INTRODUCTION ...............................
General Information ......................
Equipment Description ....................

1-1
1-1
1-3

CHAPTER 2

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS .....................

2-1

Section I
Section II
Section III
Section IV

Description and Use of Operator's Controls
and Indicators ...........................
Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) ...............
Operation Under Usual Conditions ...........
Operation Under Unusual Conditions .........

Figure

2-1
2-8
2-17
2-39

Change 1

i

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONT
Page
CHAPTER 3
Section I
Section II
Section III
CHAPTER 4
Section I
Section II
Section III
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section

IV
V
VI
VII
VII
IX
X

Section XI
Section XII

CHAPTER 5

OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ..........

3-1

Lubrication Instructions ...................
Operator Troubleshooting Procedures ........
Operator Maintenance Procedures ............

3-1
3-9
3-13

UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ..............

4-1

Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and
Support Equipment ........................
Service Upon Receipt of Material ...........
Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS) ..........................
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures ............
Maintenance of Electrical System ...........
Maintenance of Front Axle ..................
Maintenance of Air Brake System ............
Maintenance of Wheels and Tires ............
Maintenance of Steering ....................
Maintenance of Frame and Towing
Components ...............................
Maintenance of Springs and Shock
Absorbers ................................
Maintenance of Body, Cab, Hood
and Hull .................................

4-1
4-2
4-3
4-8
4-14
4-24
4-28
4-56
4-59
4-68
4-81
4-91

DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS .................

5-1

Repair Parts, Special Tools,
TMDE, and Support Equipment ..............
Maintenance of Miscellaneous Components ....
Preparation for Storage or Shipment ........

5-1
5-2
5-17

APPENDIX A

REFERENCES .................................

A-1

APPENDIX B

MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART ...............

B-1

APPENDIX C

COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE
ITEMS LISTS ..............................

C-1

APPENDIX D

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST ..............

D-1

APPENDIX E

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
LIST .....................................

E-1

Section I
Section II
Section III

ii

Change 1

Figure

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONT
Page
APPENDIX F
Section I
Section II
Group 06

Group 10

Group 11

Group 12

Group 13

Group 14

Group 15

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST ........

F-1

INTRODUCTION ...............................
REPAIR PARTS LIST ..........................
Electrical System
0609 Lights
0609 Clearance Lights Serial Numbers
2000 and Below.......................
0609 Clearance Lights Serial Numbers
2001 and Up..........................
0609 Composite Marker Lights ...............
0613 Hull or Chassis Wiring Harness
0613 Electrical Installation ...............
0613 Special Purpose Electrical Cable
Assembly ............................
Front Axle
1000 Front Axle Assembly
1000 Front Axle ............................
1004 Steering and Leaning Wheel Mechanism
1004 Knuckle and Spindle Assembly ..........
Rear Axle
1100 Rear Axle Assembly
1100 Rear Axle .............................
Brakes
1202 Service Brakes
1202 Front and Rear Brake Assembly Serial
Numbers 2000 and Below...............
1202 Front and Rear Brake Assembly Serial
Numbers 2001 and Up..................
1206 Mechanical Brake System
1206 Slack Adjuster ........................
1208 Air Brake System
1208 Air Tank Installation .................
1208 Air Valves ............................
1208 Brake Valve, Gladhand, and Air Cleaner
Intake ..............................
1208 Air Chambers and Cable Clamps .........
Wheels and Tires
1311 Wheel Assembly
1311 Front and Rear Wheel Assembly .........
1311 Wheel and Valve .......................
1313 Tires, Tubes, and Tire Chains
1313 Tires..................................
Steering
1401 Mechanical Steering Gear Assembly
1401 Tie Rod and Pivot Assembly ............
Frame, Towing Attachments, and Drawbars
and Articulation Systems
1501 Frame Assembly
1501 Trailer Assembly Components ...........
1503 Pintles and Towing Attachments
1503 Tow Bar Assembly ......................

F-1
1-1

1-1
1A-1
2-1

Figure

1
1A
2

3-1

3

4-1

4

5-1

5

6-1

6

7-1

7

8-1

8

8A-1
9-1

8A
9

10-1
11-1

10
11

12-1
13-1

12
13

14-1
15-1

14
15

16-1

16

17-1

17

18-1

18

19-1

19

Change 1

iii

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONT

Group 16

Group 18

Group 22

Group 26

Group 94
Group 95

Section III
Group 26
Section IV

Springs and Shock Absorbers
1601 Springs
1601 Front Leveling Valve and Air Bags .....
1601 Rear Leveling Valve and Air Bags ......
1604 Shock Absorber Equipment
1604 Shock Absorbers........................
1605 Torque, Radius, and Stabilizer Rods
1605 Front Suspension Assembly .............
1605 Rear Suspension Assembly ..............
Body, Cab, Hood, and Hull
1801 Body, Cab, Hood, and Hull Assemblies
1801 Side Panels ...........................
1805 Subfloors and Related Components
1805 Floor .................................
1808 Stowage Racks, Boxes, Straps,
Carrying Cases, Cable Reels,
Hose Reels, etc.
1808 Stowage Door Assembly .................
Body Chassis or Hull and Accessory Items
2202 Accessory Items
2202 Reflectors ............................
2210 Data Plates and Instruction Holders
2210 Identification Plates .................
Tools and Test Equipment
2604 Special Tools (Repair Parts)
2604 Inserter, Bearing, and Bushing ........
Kits
9401 Kits...................................
General Use Standardized Parts
9501 Hardware Supplies and Bulk Materiel,
Common ..............................
SPECIAL TOOLS ..............................
Tools and Test Equipment
2604 Special Tools .........................
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES ....................
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX ................
PART NUMBER INDEX ..........................
FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX ...............

Page

Figure

20-1
21-1

20
21

22-1

22

23-1
24-1

23
24

25-1

25

26-1

26

27-1

27

28-1

28

29-1

29

30-1

30

KITS-1

-

BULK-1
31-1

-

31-1
I-1
I-1
I-5
I-14

APPENDIX G

ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS .....

G-1

APPENDIX H

TORQUE LIMITS...............................

H-1

ALPHABETIC INDEX ........................... Index 1

iv

Change 1

31

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION

Overview ..............................................................
General Information ...................................................
Equipment Description .................................................

Page
1-1
1-1
1-3

OVERVIEW
This chapter provides general information about the type of data, equipment, forms,
Army procedures, and reference material used to make up this manual. Also included
in this chapter is a description of the capabilities, features, and components that
make up the Heavy Expanded Mobility Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT).

Section I.

1-1.

GENERAL INFORMATION

SCOPE

a. Type of Manual. Operator, unit, direct, and general support maintenance
manual including a Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and a Repair Parts and
Special Tools List (RPSTL).
b. Model Number and Equipment Name.
Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT).

M989A1 - Heavy Expanded Mobility

c. Purpose of Equipment. To transport 22,000 pounds of payload.

1-2.

(1)

Eight 40 x 28 inch ammunition pallets.

(2)

Four evenly distributed Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) pods.

(3)

Two fuel bladders and two fuel pods.

MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be
those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).

1-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-3.

DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Refer to TM 750-244-6.

1-4.

REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If the HEMAT needs improvement, send an EIR. The user can tell if something in the
design or performance could be improved. Mail an SF 368 (Quality Deficiency
Report) to U.S. Army Tank Automotive Command AMSTA-MP, Warren, MI 48397-5000. We
will reply.

1-5.

WARRANTY

Refer to TB-9-2330-383-14 for warranty terms.

1-6.

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

Refer to chapter 5, section III.

1-7.

SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING

Refer to TM 9-1300-206 for general ammunition care, handling, and safety.

1-8.

METRIC UNITS

Metric units are not used in this publication. An English to metric conversion
table is included on the inside back cover of this publication.

1-2

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II.
1-9.

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION

EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES

a. The HEMAT is a four-wheel trailer of lowboy design with a box-beam frame with
large tires for off-road capability. The cargo area is constructed of steel with
ship lap wood decking. The fore and aft decks are raised above the cargo deck and
contain the suspension and steering systems.
b. The suspension is an air-bag type suspension for smooth riding and off-road
stability. The steering system is that of a normal front-wheel truck steering
linkage and is controlled by the towbar assembly.
c. The raised fore and aft decks are constructed with tread plate to minimize
slipping or falling when working on the decks.
d. The side panels are removable for easier loading from either side.
e. There are four cargo tiedown rings at each end of the cargo deck and seven on
each side. There are also four evenly distributed MLRS pod stops located at each
corner of the deck. These pod stops are removable to allow other types of cargo.
f. Lift rings are located fore and aft on each side of the raised decks to allow
the HEMAT to be sling loaded or helicopter transported. There are also four vehicle
tiedowns located at each corner of the under deck for railroad transporting.
g. A storage box located in the box beam frame at the rear of the trailer is
used to store tool boxes, parts, and accessories for extended use of the trailer.
h. The HEMAT will normally be towed by the M985 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical
Truck (HEMTT). Load capability of the HEMAT is 22,000 pounds of munitions.
i. The towing vehicle provides electrical power through an intervehicular cable
for the HEMAT clearance lights, brake lights, and turn signals.
j. Air is also supplied from the towing vehicle to the HEMAT air system, which
includes three air tanks, air lines, four air suspension bags, and the four-wheel
air brakes.
k. On-board trailer equipment includes a spare tire, jack, jack stand, lug
wrench and handle, eight tiedown straps, and a fire extinguisher. Intervehicular
electrical cable is stored in the storage box when not in use. Chocks are provided
to stabilize the trailer when parked.
l. The trailer is equipped with an air hose fitting to allow use of the HEMTT
air hose to inflate the tires. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below,
with bias ply tires, air pressure in tires should be lowered from 100 psi for
highway travel to 65 psi for off-road travel. On new trailers with serial numbers
2001 and up, with radial tires, air pressure is 105 psi under all travel
conditions, highway and off-road.

Change 1

1-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-10. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

a. Towbar Assembly. The towbar assembly (1) is used for towing and steering the
HEMAT.
b. Safety Chains. The safety chains (2) are attached from the HEMAT to the
towing vehicle to prevent breakaway should the pintle and towbar separate during
use.
c. Frame. The frame (3) is constructed of steel with a wood cargo deck. The
frame also provides mounting for the axles and air suspension system.
d. Multiple Launch Rocket System Shoe Assembly. The cargo deck has one removable
MLRS pod stop (4) in each of the four corners.

1-4

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

e. Spare Tire and Mounting Assembly. The spare tire (5) is secured on its mount
with two studs and two lug nuts.
f. Lifting Eyes. Lifting eyes (6) are located on each side of the fore and aft
decks. They are used to sling hoist or helicopter the HEMAT.
g. Reflectors. The rear (red) and forward (amber) reflectors (7) provide
additional visibility of the HEMAT.
h. Lights. HEMAT lights include the rear (red) and forward (amber) clearance
lights (8), and also the multipurpose composite taillights (9). The composite
taillights (9) function as turn signals and brake lights. They also can be darkened
during blackout.
i. Rubber Bumpers. The two rubber bumpers (10) located at the rear of the
trailer prevent damage to the HEMAT and the deck when loading and unloading or
parking.
j. Cargo Tiedown Rings. Twenty-two tiedown rings (11) are located around the
cargo deck to secure cargo.
k. Fire Extinguisher. A fire extinguisher (12) is located on the front deck wall
at all times in case of emergency.
1. Storage Box. A storage box (13) is located at the rear of the trailer for
storing tools, jack, cable, and other accessories.
m. Splash Guards. Splash guards (14) are provided to prevent debris hitting
vehicles behind the HEMAT. There are also splash guards in front to protect the
front air bags.
n. Electrical Cable Connector. The electrical cable connector (15) is the HEMAT
receptacle for the intervehicular cable, which provides 24 volt dc power for the
HEMAT lights.
o. Air Suspension System. The air suspension system (16) consists of four air
bags (two front and two rear) supported by the axle suspension systems.
p. Air Brakes. The HEMAT air brakes (17) are controlled by the towing vehicle
through intervehicular air hoses to the HEMAT air brake system.
q. Air Hoses. Two air hoses (18) provide air from the towing vehicle for
operation of the HEMAT brakes.
r. Side Panels. The four side panels, one short (19) and one long (20) on each
side, are removable.
s. Air Hose Fitting (Under Trailer). A fitting (21) is supplied for use in
connecting the HEMTT air hose. The hose is then used to inflate the HEMAT tires.
t. Brake Control Valve (Under Trailer). A brake control valve (22) is used to
release spring brakes when an air supply for the air brakes is not available.

Change 1

1-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-10. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS (CONT)
u. Access Steps (Curbside). One foldable access step (23) is mounted inside the
curbside short side panel and two foldable access steps (24 and 25) are mounted on
the front bulkhead, curbside, and a handle (26) is mounted on the front bulkhead
curbside above the steps, to permit ready access to the front deck area when HEMAT
is loaded.
1-11.

EQUIPMENT DATA

Dimensions
Height (empty).............................

Length.....................................
Width......................................
Ground clearance (empty)...................

Weight
Empty......................................
Payload....................................
Tires
Size
Bias ply.................................
Radial...................................
Inflation pressure
Bias ply.................................
Radial...................................
Plies......................................
Tread design...............................

57 in. to top of side rail
72 in. over spare tire
34 in. to top of floor
309 in.
98.4 in.
14.7 in., front axle, bias ply
tires
14.4 in., front axle, radial tires
20.2 in., box beam, all tires

11,000 lbs
22,000 lbs

15 x 22.5
385/65R22.5
100 psi highway/65 psi off-road
105 psi
10, sidewalls
11, tread
Traction road lug

Axles
Manufacturer
Front....................................
Rear.....................................
Capacity...................................

Westport Axle
Systems & Electronics Inc.
16,900 lbs, front and rear

Brake system
Type.......................................

Straight air

Brakes
Manufacturer...............................
Type.......................................

Eaton
Drum 16-1/2 x 5 in.

Suspension
Manufacturer...............................
Air bags...................................

Ridewell
Firestone

Electrical system.............................

24 Vdc
Negative ground

Fire extinguisher.............................

Amerex Corp.
Dry chemical

1-6

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-12.

DATA PLATES

The following data plates are riveted to the trailer.

Change 1

1-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-12.

1-8

DATA PLATES (CONT)

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

1-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-12.

1-10

DATA PLATES (CONT)

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1-13.

STENCILS

The following stencils are painted on the trailer.

Change 1

1-11/(1-12 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CHAPTER 2
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Overview ..............................................................
Description and Use of Operator's Controls and Indicators..............
Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).............
Operation Under Usual Conditions.......................................
Operation Under Unusual Conditions.....................................

Page
2-1
2-1
2-8
2-17
2-39

OVERVIEW
This chapter provides operator instructions for the operation and maintenance of
the Heavy Expanded Mobility Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT) and its components. A
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) chart is provided as a guideline.
Also, operating procedures for both usual and unusual conditions are included.

Section I.

2-1.

DESCRIPTION AND USE OF OPERATOR'S CONTROLS AND INDICATORS

LIGHTING SYSTEM

a. Lights. The trailer lights are operated by the towing vehicle through the
intervehicular electric cable. Lights include the following:
(1)
Two rear composite lights (1), each containing a stoplight, turn signal
light, a blackout stoplight, blackout marker light, and taillight.

2-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-1. LIGHTING SYSTEM (CONT)
(2)

Two rear red marker reflectors (2).

(3)

Three rear red marker lights (3).

(4)
Two red rear side lights (4) located left and right. Two red reflectors
(5) located right and left.
(5)
Two amber reflectors (6) and two amber clearance marker lights (7)
located on left and right sides of trailer front.
(6)
of HEMAT.

Two amber lights (8) and two amber reflectors (9) located on front end

b. Intervehicular Cable. The intervehicular cable (1) is used to connect the
trailer lighting system to the towing vehicle electrical system during towing
operations. The cable plugs are keyed so that they can only be connected to the
trailer connector and the towing vehicle connectors in one way. The lights are
operated from the towing vehicle. When not in use, the cable is stowed in the
storage box.

2-2.

AIR SYSTEM

The pneumatic system is a standard two-line air brake system which includes
emergency and parking brake features. The system is pressurized by the tractor
through the emergency (supply) air line (1), gladhand (2), and air cleaner (3) to
the left rear (4), right rear (5), and right front air reservoir (6), where air is
stored. Air pressure is automatically applied to the rear spring brakes (7) to
release them for normal operation. When any of the brake controls on the tractor
are activated, pressure is provided from the tractor through the service (control)
air line (8), gladhand (9), and air cleaner (10) to two relay valves (11), which
release air pressure from reservoirs (4, 5, and 6) to operate four service brakes
(12) for normal trailer braking and parking brake operations. From the three
reservoirs, air is also supplied to the left front (13), right front (14), and rear
leveling valve (15), which pressurize the four air suspension bags (16). If air
pressure drops below approximately 60 psi, the pressure protection valve (17) cuts
off air to leveling valves (13, 14, and 15), leaving air pressure to operate the
service brakes only. If there is a major component failure or line rupture in the
system, or the trailer is disconnected from the tractor, the multifunction valve
(18) disables both relay valves (11) and releases air from the rear spring brake
chambers, applying the rear spring brakes (7). The rear spring brakes (7) can be
released by pushing the knob inward on the brake control valve (19), or by
connecting the trailer to the tractor and recharging the air system. If the system
has no air pressure, rear spring brakes can be manually released by caging.

2-2

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-3. AIR BRAKE AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM
a. Service Brakes. The service brakes are expanding shoe-on-drum type brakes.
The brake shoes are actuated by individual air chambers through camshafts. The air
chambers are connected to the air system tanks and valves through air hoses. The
rear brakes are normally automatically locked as parking brakes when the trailer is
disconnected from the towing vehicle. To unlock the rear brakes, push in on the
control valve knob (1). If there is not enough air in the air tank, the control
valve knob will pop back out and the rear brakes will remain locked. If the brakes
cannot be released with the control valve, refer to para. 3-6 and mechanically
release the brakes by caging the spring brake chamber.

b. Intervehicular Air Hoses. Air for operation of the trailer brakes is provided
from the towing vehicle through two intervehicular air hoses (2) attached to the
front of the trailer. The hoses are for service brake operation and for the
emergency system. Both hoses have gladhand couplings (3) for quick secure
connection to the tow vehicle.

c. Suspension System. The trailer suspension system includes front and rear
systems. The front suspension system has left and right side air-bag springs (1)
and shocks (2) attached to hanger (3) and shock brackets (4). The illustration
shown is for the left side. The rear suspension system consists of right and left
air-bag springs (1) and shocks (2) attached to hanger (3) and shock brackets (4).

2-4

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-4.

TOWBAR AND SAFETY CHAINS

a. Towbar. The towbar assembly (1) is used to connect the trailer to the tow
vehicle for transporting. It is connected to the trailer tie rod for steering. The
towbar can be held in place on the trailer by a lockpin when backing or parking the
trailer.

2-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-4.

TOWBAR AND SAFETY CHAINS (CONT)

b. Safety Chains. The two safety chains (2) are attached just right and left of
the towbar on the front end of the frame. Their purpose is to prevent breakaway in
the event of towbar failure or pintle disconnect. The chains are hooked to the
towing vehicle after the towbar has been connected.

2-5.

SPARE TIRE MOUNT

The trailer spare tire is located center on the forward deck and secured with two
studs (1), cap nuts (2), lifting plate (3), and two lug nuts (4).

2-6.

DAVIT CRANE MOUNT

The davit crane mount (1) is located streetside on the forward bulkhead and is used
to mount the davit hoist arm from the HEMTT. When the HEMTT davit is mounted in
this location, it can be used to lift the spare tire and towbar.

2-6

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-7.

STEERING

a. The trailer steering is controlled by the towbar assembly (1) which is
connected to the trailer tie rod and steering assembly (2).
b. When the trailer is being backed up, the towbar assembly is normally pinned
in place so that the front wheels are locked in a straight-ahead position.

2-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-8.

STORAGE BOX

The trailer storage box is located at the rear of the trailer between the two dock
bumpers. The storage box is used to stow intervehicular cable when it is not being
used, as well as to stow the chocks, jack, lug wrench, and other tools as required.

2-9.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

The fire extinguisher is a standard 10BC type. It is mounted on the left side of
the forward deck wall next to the spare tire. It is held in place with a quickrelease bracket.

2-10.

LIFTING EYES

The four lifting eyes are located left and right on the forward and rear decks. The
lifting eyes are used to lift the trailer.

2-11. SIDE PANELS
There are two side panels
inches long and the other
height as the forward and
mount the foldable access

23 inches high on each side of the trailer, one 79-3/4
95-3/4 inches long. When installed, they are the same
rear deck supports. The two short panels are drilled to
steps.

Section II. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-12.

MAINTENANCE FORMS AND RECORDS

Every mission begins and ends with the paperwork. There isn't much of it, but you
have to keep it up. The forms and records you fill out have several uses. They are
a permanent record of the services, repairs, and modifications made on your
vehicle. They are reports to unit maintenance and to your Commander. And they are a
checklist for you when you want to know what was wrong with the vehicle after its
last use, and whether those faults have been fixed. For the information you need on
forms and records, see DA PAM 738-750.

2-13.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

a. Table 2-1 lists the necessary PMCS. Perform at the intervals shown below:
(1)
Do your before (B) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE just before you operate the
vehicle. Pay attention to the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS.

2-8

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(2)
Do your during (D) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE during operation. (During
operation means to monitor the vehicles and their related components while they are
actually being operated.)
(3)
Do your after (A) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE right after operating the
vehicle. Pay attention to the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS.
(4)

Do your weekly (W) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE weekly.

b. If something doesn't work, troubleshoot it with the instructions in this
manual and notify your supervisor.
c. Always do your PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE in the same order so it gets to be a
habit. Once you've had some practice, you'll spot anything wrong in a hurry.
d. If anything looks wrong and you can't fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404.
If you find something seriously wrong, report it to unit maintenance RIGHT NOW.
e. When you do your PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, take along the tools you need to
make all the checks. You always need a rag or two.
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of solvent is 140°F.
(1)
Cleaning. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris only get in the way and may
cover up a serious problem. Clean as you work and as needed. Use dry cleaning
solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) (item 6, appendix E) on all metal surfaces. Use soap
and water when you clean rubber or plastic material.
(2)
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Check them all for obvious looseness, missing,
bent, or broken condition. You can't try them all with a tool, of course; but look
for chipped paint, bare metal or rust around bolt heads. If you find one you think
is loose, tighten it, or report it to unit maintenance if you can't tighten it.
(3)
Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust or gaps where parts are
welded together. If you find a bad weld, report it to unit maintenance.
(4)
Electrical Wires and Connectors. Look for cracked or broken insulation,
bare wires and loose or broken connectors. Tighten loose connectors and make sure
the wires are in good shape.
(5)
Air Hose Lines. Look for wear, damage and leaks, and make sure clamps
and fittings are tight. If a leak comes from a loose fitting or connector, tighten
it. If something is broken or worn out, report it to unit maintenance.

Change 1

2-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-13.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
Table 2-1.

Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)
NOTE

Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

D - During

A - After

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

W - Weekly

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

NOTE
Perform weekly (W) PMCS as well as
before if:
You are the assigned operator
but have not operated vehicle
since the last inspection or
you are operating the vehicle
for the first time.
Perform the following inspection/
checks before connecting the trailer
to the towing vehicle.

1

INTERVEHICULAR CABLE

2

2-10

Check intervehicular cable (1) for
cuts, breaks, and frayed wires or
damaged cable plugs, and missing,
broken, or bent pins.

INTERVEHICULAR AIR HOSES

a. Check preformed packing (1).
If defective, notify unit
maintenance.

b. Check intervehicular air hoses
(2) for cuts, breaks, and damaged
gladhand (3). If damaged, notify
unit maintenance.

Air hose is damaged or
missing. Gladhand
missing, damaged, or
missing the packing.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

3

D - During

A - After

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

W - Weekly

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

AIR TANKS

a. Inspect all three air tanks for
damage and leakage.

Damaged tanks or air
leaks from tanks.

________

WARNING
Wear protective goggles when
opening drain cock and avoid the
air stream. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury.

b. Open drain cocks on air tanks to
drain condensation.
c. Close drain cock.

4

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

a. While a helper activates service
brakes, listen for air leaks at
gladhands, air valves, and tanks,
and inspect lines for loose
connections and damage. Report
deficiencies to unit maintenance.

Air is leaking. Service
brakes do not operate.

2-11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-13.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

4 CONT

D - During

A - After

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

W - Weekly

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM - CONT

b. Test air brake system.
(1) Connect trailer to towing
vehicle (para. 2-14) and
allow 1-2 minutes for air
system to fully charge.
(2) Release towing vehicle
parking brake and check to
see if rear pushrods retract.

Rear pushrods do not
retract.

(3) Actuate service brakes.
Observe air chamber pushrods
to make sure brakes are
evenly applied. Be alert for
unusual difficulty in
stopping that would indicate
trailer service brakes are
malfunctioning.

Uneven or no braking.

________

WARNING
A hot brake or drum can cause
serious burns. Exercise extreme
caution before attempting to
touch brake drum after use.
Slowly move hand toward drum. If
drum is overheated, radiated heat
will be felt before the hand
actually touches the drum.
(4) Cautiously feel brake drum
for abnormally hot or cold
condition.

2-12

Brake drums abnormally
hot or cold.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

5

D - During

A - After

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

W - Weekly

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

TOWBAR AND SAFETY CHAINS

Check for loose or damaged towbar
(1). Check towbar mounting pin.
Check safety chain (2) and retainer
pin (3). Notify unit maintenance of
defects.

Towbar is loose or
damaged.

2-13

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-13.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

6

D - During

A - After

W - Weekly

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

TIRES

a. Check tire pressure, including
spare tire, as follows:
Pressures:
Bias ply: 100 psi (highway)
Bias ply: 65 psi (off-road)
Radial:
105 psi (highway/offroad - all conditions)

b. Check all tires for cuts, foreign
objects or unusual tread wear.
Remove any stones from between
treads.

7

One or more tires are
flat, missing, or
unserviceable.

WHEELS
NOTE
Report any loose wheel nuts to
organizational maintenance for
torquing (450-500 lb ft).

Check wheels for damage and wheel
nuts for looseness and missing nuts.
Check air valve for leaks.

8

SIDE PANELS

2-14

One or more wheels are
damaged. Two or more
wheel nuts are missing
on one wheel.

Change 1

Inspect side panels for damaged
latches, panels or hinges. If
damaged, notify unit maintenance.

Any side panel is
missing or has broken
welds. A latch or one
hinge pin is broken.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

9

D - During

A - After

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

W - Weekly

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

CARGO TIEDOWN RINGS (QTY 22) AND POD
STOPS (QTY 4)

a. Inspect for damaged or missing
cargo tiedown rings (1).

Cargo tiedown ring is
missing or damaged.

b. Inspect for loose, missing, or
damaged pod stops (2).

Pod stops are missing or
loose when required for
mission.

10

LIGHTS AND REFLECTORS
NOTE
An assistant is required to check
the brake lights with trailer
connected to towing vehicle.

a. Check all lights for proper
operation.

Both taillights are
inoperative.
Both stoplights are
inoperative.

b. Check for damaged or missing
reflectors.

Change 1

2-15

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-13.

OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
Table 2-1. Operator Preventive Maintenance
Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
NOTE
Within the designated interval, these checks are to be performed in the
order listed.
B - Before

Item
No.

Interval
B
D
A
W

11

A - After

W - Weekly

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure: Check for and have
repaired, filled, or adjusted
as needed.

Equipment Is Not
Ready/Available If:

AIR SUSPENSION

a. Check for ripped, cut, or torn
air bags.

Air bag does not hold
air.

b. Check all shock absorbers for
leakage and damage.

Any shock absorber is
missing, damaged, or has
class III leak evident.

c. Check for proper inflation before
moving trailer.


12

FRAME

Inspect frame for obvious broken
welds and distortion. Report damage
to unit maintenance.

13

Welds are broken and/or
frame is distorted.

BASIC ISSUE ITEMS

Ensure all basic issue items (appendix C) are present. Report damaged
or missing items to unit
maintenance.

14

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

2-16

D - During

Inspect fire extinguisher to make
sure pressure level is in the green
area. If not in green area, notify
unit maintenance.

Change 1

Pressure is low or
extinguisher is missing.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III.

2-14.

OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (USING DAVIT CRANE FROM HEMTT)
________

WARNING
Be alert for other moving vehicles in the area. Do not stand between
towing vehicle and trailer when towing vehicle is backing up. Serious
injury can result if personnel are caught between vehicles. Set chocks
front and rear of rear tires on trailer.
To avoid injury to personnel and damage to equipment, connecting the
trailer requires two persons.
Do not attempt to move the HEMAT vehicle by hand after it has been
disconnected from the towing vehicle. The brake chambers are designed
to apply automatically when the trailer is disconnected from the towing
vehicle or if loss of air pressure occurs. The brakes are not to be
hand activated to override the control valve under any circumstances.
Attempting to move the trailer by hand could result in serious injury
or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
a. On towing vehicle, pull cotter pin (1) and open pintle (2). Back towing
vehicle up until towing vehicle pintle (2) is alined with and approximately 1
foot in front of trailer towbar lunette. Stop towing vehicle, set brakes and
proceed as follows:

Change 1

2-17

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-14.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (USING DAVIT CRANE FROM HEMTT) (CONT)
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to remove or install davit crane on HEMTT or
trailer, one person on vehicle and one person on ground. Hoist arm
weighs 46 pounds and extension weighs 22 pounds. Handle both carefully
to avoid injury to personnel.
b. Remove davit crane from HEMTT.
(1)

Remove hoist arm (3) from mounting bracket (4) and pass to person on
ground, who relocates it on streetside, near davit crane mount.

(2)

Remove nut (5), washer (6), and extension arm (7) from mount (4) and
pass extension arm to person on ground, who relocates it on streetside,
near davit crane mount. Reinstall washer (6) and nut (5).

c. Install davit crane on trailer.
________

WARNING
When using foldable steps, take care to place foot on center of step.
Otherwise foot may slip off side, resulting in serious injury.
Two persons are required to raise or lower side panels.

2-18

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

Without unlocking hitch pin (8), lower both curbside panels (9)
together; lower all three foldable steps (10); and use handrail (11) to
gain access to front deck area.

Change 1

2-18.1/(2-18.2 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-14.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (USING DAVIT CRANE FROM HEMTT) (CONT)
________

WARNING
Personnel on front deck must use extreme care to avoid tripping over
spare tire, fire extinguisher, and lifting eyes. Otherwise serious
injuries may occur.
(2)

Person on front deck is positioned on streetside, near davit crane
mount.
________
WARNING

Two persons are required to remove or install davit crane on HEMTT or
trailer, one person on vehicle and one person on ground. Hoist arm
weighs 46 pounds and extension weighs 22 pounds. Handle both carefully
to avoid injury to personnel.
(3)

Person on ground passes hoist arm (3) to person on front deck. Insert
hoist arm (3) into davit crane mount (12) pointing forward. Remove and
keep safety pin (13) and pin (14) from hoist arm.

(4)

Person on ground passes extension (7) to person on front deck, who
installs it onto hoist arm (3).

(5)

Line up holes in extension (7) and hoist arm (3), install pin (14) and
safety pin (13).

Change 1

2-19

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-14.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (USING DAVIT CRANE FROM HEMTT) (CONT)
________

WARNING
Do not lean against davit crane while routing cable over end of pulley.
Davit crane is designed to move in mount and could cause a fall
resulting in serious injury.
(6)

Turn handcrank (15) counterclockwise and route cable (16) over end of
pulley (17).

d. Lift towbar and connect to towing vehicle.

2-20

(1)

Turn handcrank (15) counterclockwise until person on ground is able to
connect cable hook (18) into towbar ring (19).

(2)

Turn handcrank (15) clockwise until bottom of lunette (20) is level
with lower hook portion of opened pintle (2) (approximately 39-1/2
inches).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
Do not stand between towing vehicle and trailer or on front deck area
when vehicle is backing up. Serious injury can occur.
(3)

Exit front deck area and move into clear view of vehicle operator.
Direct vehicle operator to back towing vehicle until front of lunette
(19) just touches inner portion of opened pintle (2). Ensure that
operator stops vehicle and sets brakes.

(4)

Approach towbar (21) and ensure that lunette (20) is alined (side to
side) with lower hook of opened pintle (2).
________

WARNING
Do not stand between towing vehicle and trailer or on front deck area
when vehicle is backing up. Serious injury can occur.
(5)

Gain access to front deck area and turn handcrank (15) counterclockwise
until lunette (20) drops onto lower hook of pintle (2).

(6)

Continue turning handcrank (15) until person on ground is able to
disconnect cable hook (18) from towbar ring (19).

CAUTION
Davit crane must be removed and stowed prior to operation of trailer.
Damage to equipment can occur.
e. Remove davit crane from trailer.
(1)

Turn handcrank clockwise until cable hook is retracted to cable winch.

Change 1

2-21

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-14.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (USING DAVIT CRANE FROM HEMTT) (CONT)
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to remove or install davit crane on HEMTT or
trailer, one person on vehicle and one person on ground. Hoist arm
weights 46 pounds and extension arm weighs 22 pounds. Handle both
carefully to avoid injury to personnel.
(2)

Remove safety pin (13) and pin (14) from holes in extension arm (7) and
hoist arm (3).

(3)

Remove extension arm (7) from hoist arm (3) and pass to person on
ground.

(4)

Install pin (14) through hoist arm (3) and secure with safety pin (13).

(5)

Remove hoist arm (3) from mount (12) and pass to person on ground.

________

WARNING
Two persons are required to raise or lower side panels.
(6)

2-22

Exit front deck, fold steps, and raise side panels to vertical,
ensuring that both front and rear bolt handles lock (see para. 2-16).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

f. Stow davit crane on HEMTT.
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to remove or install davit crane on HEMTT or
trailer, one person on vehicle and one person on ground. Hoist arm
weighs 46 pounds and extension arm weighs 22 pounds. Handle both
carefully to avoid injury to personnel.
(1)

Person on ground passes extension arm (7) to person on truck.

(2)

Install extension arm (7) on mount (4).

(3)

Slide top of extension arm (7) over stud (21).

(4)

Secure extension arm (7) with washer (6) and nut (5).

(5)

Person on ground passes hoist arm (3) to person on truck.

(6)

Put hoist arm (3) into mounting bracket (4).

g. To close towing vehicle pintle, attach safety chain, connect intervehicular
air hoses and electrical cable, perform para. 2-14, steps b and c.

Change 1

2-23

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III. OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS

2-15.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (OPTIONAL METHOD)
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to connect towing vehicle and trailer: one
operates the towing vehicle, and one lifts the towbar with tiedown
strap and acts as a spotter.
Be alert for other moving vehicles in the area. Do not stand between
towing vehicle and trailer when towing vehicle is backing up. Serious
injury can result if personnel are caught between vehicles. Set chocks
front and rear of rear tires on trailer.
Do not attempt to move the HEMAT vehicle by hand after it has been
disconnected from the towing vehicle. The brake chambers are designed
to apply automatically when the trailer is disconnected from the towing
vehicle or if loss of air pressure occurs. The brakes are not to be
hand activated to override the control valve under any circumstances.
Attempting to move the trailer by hand could result in serious injury
or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
a. On towing vehicle, pull cotter pin (1) and open pintle (2). Back towing
vehicle up until towing vehicle pintle (2) is alined with and approximately 1
foot in front of trailer towbar lunette. Stop towing vehicle, set brakes, and
proceed as follows:

2-24

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

Using tiedown strap (3) from storage box, place hook on small end of
strap (away from tightening device) over top of spare tire (4), thread
hook through opening between rim and back of spare tire pedestal, and
out over front deck.

(2)

Pull strap (3) along towbar to towbar ring (5) and pass hook on small
end through ring. Hook on small end must be positioned approximately
2 inches above towbar ring.

(3)

Take hook on larger end of strap (3) (next to tightening device (6))
and hook into hook on small end. This forms the strap into a loop
around spare tire (4) and through towbar ring (5).

(4)

Release tightening device (6) and pull free end of strap (3) (end with
no hook) through until all slack is removed and strap is formed into a
taut loop. Engage tightening device (6) to raise towbar (7).

Change 1

2-25

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-15.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (OPTIONAL METHOD) (CONT)
NOTE
Raising towbar is a two-step operation. The tightening device will fill
with strap and cease operating before the towbar reaches desired
height.

2-26

(5)

Operate tightening device (6) and raise towbar (7) as far as possible.
When device ceases operation, place lug wrench extension bar (8) (from
Basic Issue Items (BII), appendix C) between towbar (7), and lower
reinforcing bar. Again release tightening device (6) and pull free end
through until all slack is removed.

(6)

Re-engage tightening device (6) and continue raising towbar (7) until
bottom of lunette (6.1) is level with lower hook portion of opened
pintle (approximately 39-1/2 inches).

(7)

Step away from towbar (7) and into clear view of vehicle operator.
Direct vehicle operator to back towing vehicle until front of lunette
(6.1) just touches inner portion of opened pintle. Ensure that operator
stops vehicle and sets brakes.

(8)

Approach towbar (7) and ensure that lunette (6.1) is alined (side to
side) with lower hook of opened pintle. Release strap tightening device
(6). Weight of towbar will cause lunette to drop onto lower hook of
pintle. If towing vehicle needs to move slightly forward or aft for
lunette alinement, step away from towbar into clear view of vehicle
operator, and signal the appropriate vehicle movement until lunette
drops into place.

(9)

Unhook strap hooks from each other and remove small end of strap from
towbar ring. Remove strap from spare tire and stow in storage box.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

2-26.1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-15.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (OPTIONAL METHOD) (CONT)
________
WARNING
Make sure cotter pin is properly installed in pintle so trailer does
not break loose and cause injury to personnel.

b. Close towing vehicle pintle (2). Ensure lock is down and in place. Install
cotter pin (1) to lock pintle.

2-26.2

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

c. Attach trailer safety chains to towing vehicle rear shackles. Attach chains
crossed under towbar.

NOTE
Ensure the service and emergency intervehicular air hoses are connected
service to service and emergency to emergency. Also ensure that hoses
are above the chains.
Couplers are keyed for insertion.
d. Connect intervehicular air hoses from trailer to towing vehicle by holding
hose gladhand coupling against the towing vehicle gladhand coupling at a 90degree angle and rotate until locked in place.

2-27

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-15.

CONNECTING HEMAT TO TOWING VEHICLE (OPTIONAL METHOD) (CONT)

e. Connect intervehicular electrical cable to trailer and towing vehicle as
follows:

2-28

(1)

Remove cable from storage box at rear of trailer.

(2)

Open intervehicular cable protective covers and lock open by sliding
latch lock in place.

(3)

Lift receptacle cover on trailer and front of cable and check for
missing, bent, or broken pins.

(4)

Plug intervehicular electrical cable into trailer receptacle. Cable
plugs are keyed so connection can be made only one way.

(5)

Connect opposite end of cable to towing vehicle receptacle.

(6)

Ensure cable is above the safety chains.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-16.

SIDE PANEL INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL
________

WARNING
The side panels are heavy and awkward to handle. Use caution and two
persons when removing or replacing side panels to avoid injury to
personnel.
a. Removal.
(1)

To remove front panel (1), unlock bolt handle (2) by pulling forward
and unlock hitch pin (3). Lower panel (1), slide to the rear and
remove.

2-29

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-16.

SIDE PANEL INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL (CONT)
(2)

To remove rear panel (4), unlock bolt handle (5) by pulling rearward.
Lower panel (4), slide forward, and remove.

(3)

Repeat steps (1) and (2) for opposite side panels.

b. Installation.

2-17.

(1)

To install front panel (1), hold panel (1) horizontal and aline hinge
pins in panel (1) to holes in hinges on frame. Slide panel (1) forward,
raise to vertical and lock bolt handle (2).

(2)

To install rear panel (4), hold panel (4) horizontal and aline hinge
pins in panel (4) to holes in hinges on frame. Slide panel (4)
rearward, raise to vertical, lock bolt handle (5) and hitch pin (3). Be
sure tang on hitch pin (3) engages.

(3)

Repeat steps (1) and (2) for opposite side panels.

OPERATION

a. Loading HEMAT.
(1)

Open side panels and load cargo onto trailer, distributing load weight
as evenly as possible both lengthwise and sidewise. Secure load with
tiedown straps passed through corner protectors and connected to
tiedown rings on cargo deck.

(2)

Secure load with the straps from storage box and 22 tiedown rings (7 on
each side and 4 at each end).

(3)

When Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) pods are to be loaded on
trailer, have unit maintenance attach pod stops to anchor plates
located in each corner of deck (para. 4-31).
________

WARNING
Drum and tank tiedown kit must be used to install fuel bladders or fuel
drums onto trailer or injury to personnel and damage to equipment could
occur.

2-30

(4)

When fuel bladders or fuel drums are to be loaded on trailer, have unit
maintenance provide tiedown kit (NSN 3990-01-394-5633) for trailer.
Center load weight as evenly as possible both lengthwise and sidewise.
Lengthwise, have drums together or nearly touching in center of
platform same distance from fore and aft bulkheads. Secure load with
tiedowns according to instructions supplied with tiedown kit.

(5)

Close and secure side panel(s).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. Towing HEMAT.
CAUTION
Allow 2 minutes for trailer air suspension to fully inflate before
highway or cross-country driving or suspension system may be damaged.
The trailer obstacle clearance is 14.4 inches and "High Center" is 20.2
inches. These values differ from the towing vehicle and must be
considered when operating off-road.
(1)
Driving. When driving the towing vehicle with the trailer attached, the
overall length of the combined unit must be kept in mind when passing other
vehicles and when turning. Because the unit is hinged in the middle, turning and
backing are also affected. The trailer payload will affect stopping and off-road
maneuvering.
(2)
Turning. When turning corners, allow for the fact that the trailer
wheels turn inside the turning radius of the towing vehicle. To make a right turn
at a road intersection, drive the towing vehicle about halfway into the
intersection and then cut sharply to the right. This will allow for the shorter
turning radius of the trailer and keep it off the curb.
(3)
Stopping. In normal operation, the brakes of the towing vehicle and the
trailer are applied at the same time the driver steps on the brake pedal. Brake
pressure must be applied gradually and smoothly. The trailer brakes may be applied
separately by using the brake control lever on the towing vehicle. On steep
downgrades or slippery surfaces, the trailer brakes must be applied before the
vehicle brakes. This will reduce the possibility of jackknifing. Refer to towing
vehicle operator's manual for more detailed instructions about braking for your
particular truck.
(4)
Parking. When the towing vehicle and trailer are left parked and
unattended, set the parking brake on the vehicle. When the towing vehicle parking
brake is set, the trailer brake is automatically set.
________

WARNING
Do not allow any personnel to stand between the towing vehicle and
trailer when backing. Make sure that you can see your ground guides at
all times. Serious injury or death can occur if personnel are caught
between moving vehicles.
Backing the trailer without locking towbar may cause vehicle to
jackknife, injuring personnel and damaging equipment. Perform this
procedure only when absolutely necessary.
(5)

Backing - Locked Towbar.
(a)

When backing trailer, use two ground guides. Refer to FM 21-60
for instructions for use of arm and hand signals.

Change 1

2-31

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-17.

OPERATION (CONT)
(b)

Aline towing vehicle and trailer. Adjust mirrors for a good view.
Place transmission on towing vehicle in neutral and apply towing
vehicle parking brakes. Make sure towbar is in centered position
by lining up the alinement grooves. Remove hitch pin (1); raise
lockpin handle (2), then rotate it counterclockwise to lock
lockpin in place; replace hitch pin (1) through holes. Post
ground guides to left front and rear where you can see them. Give
instructions to ground guides. Pick a reference point. Place
front wheels of towing vehicle in center position.

CAUTION
Make only small steering corrections to avoid equipment damage.
(c)

2-32

Release all parking brakes, place transmission on towing vehicle
in reverse and commence backing. Closely observe alinement of
vehicles, the ground guides, and your reference point.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
When trailer has been backed with towbar locked, pull forward to
relieve sideload pressure between pintle and towbar before attempting
to unlock towbar lockpin or disconnect from pintle. Failure to relieve
sideload may result in injury to personnel.
CAUTION
Be sure to unlock towbar lockpin before driving forward to avoid
equipment damage.
(d)

Unlock towbar lockpin by removing hitch pin (1), rotating lockpin
handle (2) clockwise, then lowering it and replacing hitch pin
(1) through holes.

________

WARNING
Backing the trailer without locking towbar may cause vehicle to
jackknife, injuring personnel and damaging equipment. Perform this
procedure only when absolutely necessary.
(6)
Backing - Unlocked Towbar. When backing without towbar locked in place,
pull forward and aline towing and trailer vehicles as straight as possible. Adjust
mirrors for a good view. Post ground guides to left front and rear and instruct
ground guides. Pick a reference point. Commence backing and closely observe
alinement of vehicles, the ground guides, and your reference point. If the rear of
your trailer drifts to the left, slightly steer toward the left. If it drifts to
the right, slightly steer toward the right. Do not oversteer and avoid any attempts
at angle backing. Prepare to stop any time either one of the front clearance lights
of the trailer comes into view in either of your rear view mirrors. Stop
immediately when either of the inner corners of the front tires comes into view.
c. Unloading HEMAT.
(1)

Open one or both side panels.

2-33

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-17.

2-18.

OPERATION (CONT)
(2)

Remove tiedown straps and corner protectors from the load. Secure
straps and corner protectors in storage box.

(3)

Unload cargo.

(4)

Close and secure side panel(s).

DISCONNECTING HEMAT FROM TOWING VEHICLE

a. Disconnect intervehicular electrical cable from towing vehicle and trailer.
Stow in storage box at rear of trailer.
b. Disconnect intervehicular air hoses from towing vehicle and stow them on
trailer dummy couplers. Trailer parking brakes will automatically lock when
air hoses are disconnected.
c. Disconnect safety chains from towing vehicle and hook onto trailer lift
rings.
________

WARNING
When trailer has been backed with towbar locked, pull forward to
relieve sideload pressure between pintle and towbar before attempting
to unlock towbar lockpin or disconnect from pintle. Failure to relieve
sideload may result in injury to personnel.
d. Remove cotter pin from towing vehicle pintle. Open pintle and raise trailer
towbar free of pintle.
CAUTION
Lift towbar out of pintle with davit crane (see para. 2-14) or tiedown
strap (see para. 2-15) before driving towing vehicle forward. Failure
to restrain towbar could result in damage to equipment.
e. Drive towing vehicle forward to clear trailer.

2-34

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
Do not attempt to move the HEMAT vehicle by hand after it has been
disconnected from the towing vehicle. The brake chambers are designed
to apply automatically when the trailer is disconnected from the towing
vehicle or if loss of air pressure occurs. The brakes are not to be
hand activated to override the control valve under any circumstances.
Attempting to move the trailer by hand could result in serious injury
or death to personnel and damage to equipment.
f. If it is necessary to move trailer by a tow vehicle without adequate air
pressure or connectors, push in on brake control valve (1).

Change 1

2-34.1/(2-34.2 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-19.

SPARE TIRE MOUNT
________

WARNING
Two people and the davit crane from HEMTT will be required to raise or
lower the spare tire. Clear all personnel from the immediate area to
prevent possible injury when the tire is lifted from the deck. Use all
possible care when handling to prevent injury. The tire weighs
approximately 300 pounds.
CAUTION
When removing or installing spare tire, be careful not to damage the
fire extinguisher or its bracket.
Be sure HEMTT and HEMAT are alined before using davit crane to remove
spare tire.
NOTE
A fully inflated tire will tend to jam against the front bulkhead when
lug nuts are tightened. It may be necessary to pry the tire away from
the bulkhead before it can be lifted. This can be done with the lug
wrench cheater bar.
a. Removal of Spare Tire. The spare tire is mounted center on the front deck of
the trailer, and is removed using the davit crane from HEMTT. To relocate davit
crane from HEMTT to trailer, refer to para. 2-14, steps b and c.
(1)

Remove two lug nuts (1) and ensure that tire is free. Position davit
crane extension arm (2) directly over center of spare tire (3).

(2)

Turn handcrank (4) counterclockwise until able to connect cable hook
(5) into loop of spare tire lifting plate (6).

Change 1

2-35

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-19.

SPARE TIRE MOUNT (CONT)
________

WARNING
Do not stand on front deck when raising spare tire.
(3)

Person on front deck steps into cargo area and, using person on ground
to stabilize spare tire, turns handcrank (4) clockwise until spare tire
is lifted well clear of mount studs (7).
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to reposition davit crane and tire. Use
extreme care to avoid tripping over spare tire mount, fire extinguisher
and lifting eyes. Otherwise serious injury could occur.
Do not stand beneath spare tire at any time. Use caution when
repositioning and lowering spare tire.

2-36

(4)

Reposition davit crane and tire until tire (3) will clear front deck on
streetside of trailer.

(5)

Turn handcrank (4) counterclockwise until able to stand tire (3) in
upright position on streetside of trailer.

(6)

With tire upright and steadied, continue turning handcrank
counterclockwise until able to remove cable hook (5) from lifting plate
(6). Remove lifting plate (6) from spare tire (3). Lean tire against
side of trailer.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. Installation of Spare Tire on Mount. The spare tire is installed using the
davit crane from HEMTT.
________

WARNING
Two people and the davit crane from HEMTT will be required to raise or
lower the spare tire. Clear all personnel from the immediate area to
prevent possible injury when the tire is lifted from ground. Use all
possible care when handling to prevent injury. The tire weighs
approximately 300 pounds.
CAUTION
When removing or installing spare tire, be careful not to damage the
fire extinguisher or its bracket.
(1)

Position davit crane extension arm (2) so cable hook (5) can be lowered
below front deck on streetside of trailer.

(2)

Turn handcrank (4) counterclockwise until cable hook (5) is lowered to
approximately 1 foot above ground.

2-37

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-19.

SPARE TIRE MOUNT (CONT)
________

WARNING
To prevent tire from slipping and causing personal injury, lifting
plate must be installed as shown, with lifting plate lugs in lower
holes, and loop in center of tire.
(3)

Position tire directly under davit crane extension arm. With tire
upright and steadied, install lifting plate (6) on outside of tire (3)
with loop pointed inward. Connect cable hook (5) into lifting plate
(6).

(4)

Turn handcrank clockwise until cable (8) is taut. Assure that two
lifting plate pins (9) are securely seated in two lug bolt holes.
________

WARNING
When davit crane lifts tire clear of ground, weight will shift. Use all
possible caution when guiding tire to avoid possible injury.
(5)

With person on ground guiding tire, continue turning handcrank (4)
clockwise until tire (3) is high enough to clear front deck.
________

WARNING
Two persons are required to reposition davit crane and tire. Use
extreme care to avoid tripping over towbar, spare tire mount, fire
extinguisher and lifting eyes. Otherwise serious injury could occur.

2-38

(6)

Reposition davit crane extension arm (2) and tire (3) until tire is
directly over spare tire mount.

(7)

Turn handcrank (4) counterclockwise, lowering tire (3) onto spare tire
mount, while alining mount studs (7) with two holes in lifting plate
(6) and tire (3).

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(8)

Press down on tire as necessary to ensure that it is flat against
mount. Secure with two lug nuts (1) installed flat side down.

(9)

Turn handcrank counterclockwise to get slack in cable; disconnect cable
hook (5) from lifting plate (6); and turn handcrank clockwise until
cable hook is retracted to cable drum.
CAUTION

Davit crane must be removed and stowed prior to operation of trailer.
Damage to equipment can occur.
(10)

2-20.

Relocate davit crane from trailer to HEMTT in accordance with para.
2-14, steps e and f.

LIFTING EYES

a. There are four lifting eyes located left and right on the front and rear
decks of trailer.
b. The lifting eyes are used for lifting the entire trailer, loaded or unloaded.

Section IV. OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS

2-21.

OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD

a. General.
(1)

Be careful when placing trailer in operation after a shutdown.
Congealed lubricants can cause part failure.

(2)

Tires may be frozen to the ground or have a flat spot if they are
underinflated.

(3)

If brake shoes are frozen to brake drums, notify unit maintenance.

(4)

Refer to FM 9-207 and FM 21-305 for special instructions on driving
hazards in snow and ice that may be encountered during extremely cold
weather conditions.

Change 1

2-39

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-21.

OPERATION IN EXTREME COLD (CONT)

b. At-Halt Parking.

2-22.

(1)

For short shutdown periods, park in a sheltered spot out of the wind.

(2)

For long shutdown periods, if high, dry ground is not available,
prepare a footing of planks or brush.

(3)

Remove all built-up ice and snow as soon as possible after shutdown.

(4)

Cover and shield trailer with canvas covers (if available) but keep the
ends of the covers off the ground to prevent them from freezing to the
ground.

OPERATION IN EXTREME HEAT

a. Do not park trailer in sunlight for long periods of time as heat and sunlight
will shorten the life of tires.
b. Cover trailer with canvas (if available) to protect it from heat, sun, and
dust.

2-23.

OPERATION IN RAINY OR HUMID CONDITIONS

a. Frequently inspect, clean and lubricate inactive equipment to prevent rust
and fungus accumulation.
b. Check canvas covers (if available) periodically for deterioration and damage.

2-24.

OPERATION IN SALT WATER AREAS

a. Salt water will cause metal parts to rust and corrode. Clean, inspect and
lubricate frequently.
b. Do not drive trailer through more than 48 inches of water. Clean, inspect and
lubricate immediately after salt water fording or when the tactical situation
permits.

2-25.

OPERATION IN SNOW

Refer to FM 21-305 for special instructions on operations in snow.

2-40

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-26.

OPERATION IN MUD
CAUTION
Do not push the trailer from the rear with another vehicle as damage to
trailer may result.

a. If one or more wheels sink into mud, it may be necessary to jack up mired
wheel and insert planking or matting.
b. Clean off mud as soon after operation as possible.

2-27.

OPERATION IN DUSTY OR SANDY AREAS
CAUTION
Do not push the trailer from the rear with another vehicle as damage to
trailer may result.
After extended use, the towbar pivot grease grooves may become clogged,
indicated by the lubrication fittings not taking grease freely. Should
this occur, schedule a maintenance action to remove and clean the
towbar as soon as possible to prevent damage.
Clean, inspect, and lubricate trailer daily (para. 3-2). Clean grease
fittings and grooves in towbar pivot as required.

2-28.

FRESH WATER FORDING

Maximum fording depth of the trailer is 48 inches. Immediately after fording,
exercise brakes while in motion at least three times to dry out brake shoes and
drums.
2-29. EMERGENCY TOWING WITH M270 MULTIPLE LAUNCH ROCKET SYSTEM (MLRS) VEHICLE
CONSTRAINTS
________

WARNING
Tow with the M270 during wartime usage, under emergency conditions
only, as a last resort. Injury or death to personnel may result.
Use extreme caution when towing the trailer with the M270. Trailer
will have no braking capability. Death or serious injury may result.
Highway .................................
Secondary roads .........................
Cross-country roads .....................
Longitudinal slope (ascend/descend) .....
Side slope ..............................
Pot holes/bumps (6 inch maximum) ........

20 mph maximum
15 mph maximum
10 mph maximum
10% maximum
10% maximum
10 mph maximum

Change 1

2-41

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2-29. EMERGENCY TOWING WITH M270 MULTIPLE LAUNCH ROCKET SYSTEM (MLRS) VEHICLE
CONSTRAINTS (CONT)

CAUTION
Do not use pivot/jackknife operations when towing the trailer with the
M270. Damage to equipment may result.
Turning radius .........................

30° - 45° left/right of center

2-30. CONNECTING HEMAT TO M270 MLRS
________

WARNING
Tow with the M270 during wartime usage, under emergency conditions
only, as a last resort. Injury or death to personnel may result.
Use extreme caution when towing the trailer with the M270. Trailer
will have no braking capability. Death or serious injury may result.
To avoid injury to personnel and damage to equipment, set chocks front
and rear of rear tires on trailer.
a. Set chocks front and rear of rear tires on trailer and pull out brake
control valve to set brakes.
CAUTION
Towbar angle will be steep, as much as 30 degrees. Use caution to
avoid trailer damage.
NOTE
If travel is expected to be over a short distance (100 yards or under)
and over even terrain, perform steps b and c. If travel is expected
to be over a long distance (over 100 yards) and/or over uneven
terrain, also perform steps d through f.
In the following step, step d of para. 2-15 does not apply to
connecting the trailer to the M270.
b. Using two spotters, one to watch towbar and pintle and one to relay hand
signals to M270 operator, connect trailer to M270 (refer to para. 2-15).
c. If system is charged with air, push in on brake control valve to release
brakes. If system is not charged, brakes must be caged (refer to para.
3-6). Remove chocks. Trailer is now ready to tow on even terrain. If
towed on uneven terrain, continue with steps d through f.

2-42

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

NOTE
If travel is expected to be over a long distance (over 100 yards)
and/or over uneven terrain, also perform steps d through f.
d. Cage brakes (refer to para. 3-6).
________

WARNING
Protect eyes when opening drain cocks and avoid air stream. Failure to
do so could result in personal injury.
To avoid injury, personnel must stand clear of trailer suspension when
opening drain cocks on air reservoirs. Trailer suspension may drop as
air is released.
e. Open three drain cocks and release air from suspension system.
f. If suspension does not drop, adjust leveling valves as follows to release air
from air bags:
(1)

Scribe each of three vertical leveling control rods (1) with present
position of rod to simplify later adjustment.

(2)

Loosen screw (2) on each vertical leveling control rod (1).

(3)

Push each horizontal leveling control rod (3) down so that air is
released from air bags.

Change 1

2-43/(2-44 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CHAPTER 3
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Overview...............................................................
Lubrication Instructions...............................................
Operator Troubleshooting Procedures....................................
Operator Maintenance Procedures........................................

Page
3-1
3-1
3-9
3-13

OVERVIEW
This chapter includes a lubrication chart and instructions as well as troubleshooting procedures to be followed by the operator. Those maintenance tasks that
can be performed by the operator are also included.

Section I.

3-1.

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS

a. Lubrication instructions are mandatory. The unit maintenance officer can
authorize the operator to assist in certain maintenance functions.
b. Service intervals are based on normal operation.
(1)

Lube more often during constant use.

(2)

Lube less often during inactive periods.

c. Lubricate after washing or fording.
d. Clean fittings before lubricating.
e. Lubricate both sides of the equipment.
f. DO NOT overlubricate.
g. Wipe off excess lubricant.

3-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-2.

LUBRICATION CHART

HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY AMMUNITION TRAILER
M989A1

Intervals (on-condition or hard time) are based on normal operation. Change the
hard time interval if your lubricants are contaminated or if you are operating the
equipment under adverse operating conditions including longer-than-usual operating
hours. The hard time interval may be extended during periods of low activity. If
extended, adequate preservation precautions must be taken.
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
Clean fittings before lubricating. Clean parts with dry cleaning solvent MIL-PRF680, type I. Dry before lubricating. Dotted arrows indicate lubrication points on
both sides of the equipment.
Level of Maintenance. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to lubricate a
point is indicated by one of the following symbols as appropriate: Operator (C);
and Unit Maintenance (0).
NOTE
Where "Daily" services are specified, daily shall be interpreted to
mean only on days when equipment is operated.

3-2

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-2.

LUBRICATION CHART (CONT)
KEY

LUBRICANTS
OE
(MIL-PRF-2104)

GAA
(MIL-PRF-10924)

OIL, ENGINE
Lift Ring Retainer
Storage Box Hinges
D-Ring Retainers
Padlocks
GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE
AND ARTILLERY

EXPECTED TEMPERATURES
ABOVE
+40°F to
+32°F
-65°F

INTERVALS
D - Daily

OE30

OE10W
W - Weekly
M - Monthly
Q - Quarterly

ALL TEMPERATURES
S - Semiannually

Towbar Lockpin
Towbar Pivot
Wheel Bearings

A - Annually

NOTE 1
DAVIT MOUNT. Semiannually, clean inside of davit mount thoroughly with rag and
apply grease (GAA) liberally to contact areas. Wipe off excess.

NOTE 2
LIFT RING RETAINER. Semiannually, wipe retainer with rag and apply oil (OE) in four
places.

NOTE 3
STORAGE BOX AND SIDE PANEL HINGES. Monthly, wipe hinges with rag and apply oil
(OE).

NOTE 4
D-RING RETAINER. Semiannually, wipe retainers (22 places) with rag and apply oil
(OE).

NOTE 5
PADLOCKS. Monthly, wipe padlocks with rag and apply oil (OE) sparingly to lock
mechanism.

3-4

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-2.

LUBRICATION CHART (CONT)
KEY

LUBRICANTS
GAA
(MIL-PRF-10924)

GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE
AND ARTILLERY

EXPECTED TEMPERATURES
ABOVE
+40°F to
+32°F
-65°F
ALL TEMPERATURES

INTERVALS
D - Daily
W - Weekly

Towbar Lockpin
Towbar Pivot
Wheel Bearings

M - Monthly
Q - Quarterly
S - Semiannually
A - Annually

NOTE 6
TOWBAR LOCKPIN. Monthly, apply grease (GAA) to towbar lockpin while moving pin
fully left and right and up and down. Wipe off excess.

NOTE 7
TOWBAR PIVOT. Weekly (daily under dusty or sandy conditions), apply grease (GAA) to
five grease fittings until clean grease seeps out of assembly. Wipe off excess.
Annually (as required under dusty or sandy conditions), remove towbar pivot, clean
grease grooves and reinstall. If pivot pin will not accept grease, notify unit
maintenance. Towbar pivot requires disassembly and cleaning (para. 4-27).

NOTE 8
WHEEL BEARINGS. Annually, remove, clean, and hand or pressure pack inner and outer
wheel bearings. Clean any existing grease from bearings and hub and drum assembly.
Clean surfaces with rags. Pack bearings and hub with grease (GAA) and wipe off
excess.

3-6

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

3-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-2.

LUBRICATION CHART (CONT)
KEY
EXPECTED TEMPERATURES
ABOVE
+40°F to
+32°F
-65°F

LUBRICANTS
GAA
(MIL-PRF-10924)

ALL TEMPERATURES
GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE
AND ARTILLERY

INTERVALS
D - Daily
W - Weekly
M - Monthly

Steering Linkage
S-Cam Shaft
Slack Adjuster

Q - Quarterly
S - Semiannually
A - Annually

NOTE 9
STEERING LINKAGE. Semiannually, wipe off old grease from 6 grease fittings on old
trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below (8 grease fittings on new trailers with
serial numbers 2001 and up) with rag and apply grease (GAA) until clean grease
comes out of each location. Wipe off excess.
________

WARNING
Take care not to get grease on brake shoes or brake linings, as this
will cause uneven or poor braking action, and may result in personal
injury or equipment damage.
NOTE
Do not overlubricate s-cam shaft.

NOTE 10
S-CAM SHAFT AND SLACK ADJUSTER. Semiannually, wipe off old grease and apply grease
(GAA) to 8 grease fittings (2 places each wheel), s-cam shaft (1 place each wheel),
and slack adjuster (1 place each wheel). Wipe off excess with rag.

3-8

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

3-3.

SYMPTOM INDEX

Page
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
All lamps do not light.................................................... 3-9
One or more (but not all) lights will not light.......................... 3-10
Dim or flickering lights................................................. 3-10
BRAKES
Spring brakes will not release........................................... 3-11
Grabbing brakes.......................................................... 3-11
Hard pulling............................................................. 3-12
TIRES
Excessively worn or scuffed tires or flat spots on tires................. 3-12

3-4.

OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE

a. Table 3-1 lists the common malfunctions which you may find during the
operation of the Heavy Expanded Mobility Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT) or its
components. You should perform the test/inspections and corrective maintenance in
the order listed.
b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or
inspections and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed or it is not
corrected by the listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.
Table 3-1. Operator Troubleshooting Table
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. ALL LAMPS DO NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.

Check lights and fuses on towing vehicle including turn signals and
stop lights.
a.

If towing vehicle lights do not light, notify unit maintenance.

b.

If towing vehicle lights come on, proceed to step 2.

Change 1

3-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-4.

OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (CONT)
Table 3-1. Operator Troubleshooting Table - CONT

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM - CONT
1. ALL LAMPS DO NOT LIGHT - CONT.
Step 2.

Step 3.

Check intervehicular cable.
a.

If cable is not properly connected, reconnect cable.

b.

If cable is properly connected, proceed to step 3.

Check connectors for dirty or corroded pins. Check for damaged pins.
a.

If pins are dirty or corroded, clean the pins.

b.

If cables are damaged, notify unit maintenance.

2. ONE OR MORE (BUT NOT ALL) LIGHTS WILL NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check for broken lead wires or loose connections.
a.

If connections are loose, tighten connections.

b.

If lead wires are broken, notify unit maintenance.

c.

If connections are not loose or broken, proceed to step 2.

Check light assembly for damage.
If light assembly is damaged, notify unit maintenance.

3. DIM OR FLICKERING LIGHTS.
Check electrical connections for loose, dirty, or corroded pins.

3-10

a.

If connections are loose, tighten connections.

b.

If connector pins are dirty or corroded, clean pins.

c.

If connections are tight and clean, notify unit maintenance.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 3-1. Operator Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BRAKES
1. SPRING BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE.
NOTE
Check towing vehicle air pressure gage. Pressure should be 60 psi
minimum. Allow 2 minutes for trailer air tanks to fill.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check that towing vehicle to trailer air supply is turned on.
a.

If air is shut off, turn on air supply and charge trailer air
tanks.

b.

If air supply is on, proceed to step 2.

Check connections of air hoses between towing vehicle and trailer.
a.

If air hoses are not properly connected (Emergency to
Emergency, Service to Service), reconnect air hoses.

b.

If air lines are connected properly, notify unit maintenance.

2. GRABBING BRAKES.
________

WARNING
Wear protective goggles when opening drain cock, and avoid the air
stream. Failure to do so could result in personal injury.
Check for moisture in air tanks by opening drain cocks.
a.

If moisture is in tanks, allow to drain; close drain cocks.

b.

If tanks are dry and malfunction is not corrected, notify unit
maintenance.

3-11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-4.

OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (CONT)
Table 3-1. Operator Troubleshooting Table - CONT

MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BRAKES - CONT
3. HARD PULLING.
Check for cross connected air hoses.
a.

If air hoses are cross connected, connect properly.

b.

If air hoses are connected properly, notify unit maintenance.
TIRES

EXCESSIVELY WORN OR SCUFFED TIRES OR FLAT SPOTS ON TIRES.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check tire pressure. For bias ply tires, tire pressure should be 100
psi for highway and 65 psi for off-road. For radial tires, tire
pressure should be 105 psi.
a.

If tire pressure is low, inflate tires to correct tire
pressure.

b.

If tire pressure is correct, proceed to step 2.

Check for loose wheel nuts.
If wheel nuts are loose, tighten nuts and have unit maintenance
torque to 450-500 lb ft.

Step 3.

3-12

Check suspension system for damaged air bags and loose or missing
bolts and nuts.
a.

If air suspension system is damaged or has loose or missing
bolts and nuts, notify unit maintenance.

b.

If suspension system is not damaged and all hardware is
complete and secure, and problem still exists, notify unit
maintenance.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III. OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

3-5.

WHEELS AND TIRES

This task covers: a. Removal

b. Repair.

c. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

Chocks
Jack (item 2, appendix C)
Mud Plate (item 4, appendix C)
Jack Cap Assembly (item 5 or 15, appendix C)
Stand (item 3, appendix C)
Lug Wrench (item 6, appendix C)
Handle (item 7, appendix C)
Lug Wrench Extension Bar (item 13, appendix C)

Equipment Condition
Opposite wheel chocked front
and rear

________

WARNING
Changing wheels and tires on the HEMAT requires two people and
considerable caution to avoid possible injury. The wheel opposite from
the one being changed must be chocked front and rear.
a. Removal. Chock opposite wheel front and rear.
NOTE
Loosen left side wheel nuts clockwise and right side wheel nuts
counterclockwise.
(1)

Loosen but do not remove lug nuts on defective wheel and tire.
NOTE

There are two cap assemblies; the small cap is used for the front axle,
and the large cap is used for the rear axle.
(2)

Position cap on jack. Place jack on mud plate under the axle near the
damaged tire, leaving room for vehicle stand and raise trailer until
damaged tire is off the ground.

Change 1

3-13

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-5.

WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
(3)

Place vehicle stand under axle between jack and wheel being changed. DO
NOT remove jack.

(4)

Lower vehicle onto jack stand.

(5)

Remove wheel nuts.
________

WARNING
Wheels and tires are heavy. To avoid personal injury, use two people
when handling wheels and tires.
(6)

Using two people, remove defective tire and wheel.

b. Repair.

For repair of wheels and tires, refer to TM 9-2610-200-24.

c. Installation. For bias ply tires, check spare tire for 100 psi air pressure
(highway) or 65 psi (off-road). For radial tires, check spare tire for 105
psi for all conditions.
________

WARNING
Wheels and tires are heavy. To avoid personal injury, use two people
when handling wheels and tires.

3-14

(1)

Using two people, place a spare tire and wheel (para. 2-16) on the axle
lugs by alining bolt holes with lugs and using the jack very carefully
to raise or lower axle as needed to fit wheel onto lugs. Hand tighten
lug nuts.

(2)

Using the jack, raise trailer. Remove vehicle stand and lower trailer
until tire touches the ground.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

NOTE
Tighten left side wheel nuts counterclockwise and right side wheel nuts
clockwise.
(3)

Tighten lug nuts in the order shown.

(4)

Lower trailer and remove jack.

(5)

Remove chocks from opposite wheels.

(6)

Stow chocks and other tools in storage box.

(7)

As soon as possible, have unit maintenance torque nuts to 450-500 lb
ft.

END OF TASK

3-15

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3-6.

BRAKE AIR CHAMBER

This task covers: a. Caging

b. Uncaging

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 1

Adjustable wrench

Equipment Condition
Front wheel chocked front
and back

a. Caging.
________

WARNING
When caging brake air chamber, do not remove flange nuts (1) or bolts
(2). High spring pressure inside air chamber can cause injury if
released.
NOTE
Caging the brake air chamber (steps (1) thru (5)) applies only to rear
brakes.

3-16

(1)

Cage brake air chamber by removing nut (3) and washer (4) and release
stud (5) from mounting bracket on brake air chamber (6).

(2)

Remove plug (7).

(3)

Insert T-end of release stud (5) into chamber hole and turn one-quarter
turn clockwise to engage stud in pressure plate.

(4)

Install washer (4) and nut (3) on release stud (5) and tighten nut
until wheel spins freely.

(5)

Repeat steps (1) thru (4) to cage remaining brake air chamber, if
necessary.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. Uncaging.
NOTE
Uncaging the brake air chamber applies only to rear brakes.
(1)

Loosen nut (3) on release stud (5) to uncage springs until wheel no
longer spins.

(2)

Turn release stud (5) one-quarter turn counterclockwise and remove
release stud (5).
CAUTION

Caging nut must be next to the tire bolt head facing rear (curbside) to
prevent rubbing air bag.
(3)

Install stud (5) on bracket with washer (4) and nut (3).

(4)

Install plug (7) on brake air chamber (6).

END OF TASK

Change 1

3-17/(3-18 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CHAPTER 4
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Overview...............................................................
Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment...............
Service Upon Receipt of Material.......................................
Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS).................
Unit Troubleshooting Procedures........................................
Maintenance of Electrical System.......................................
Maintenance of Front Axle..............................................
Maintenance of Air Brake System........................................
Maintenance of Wheels and Tires........................................
Maintenance of Steering................................................
Maintenance of Frame and Towing Components.............................
Maintenance of Springs and Shock Absorbers.............................
Maintenance of Body, Cab, Hood, and Hull...............................

Page
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-8
4-14
4-24
4-28
4-56
4-59
4-68
4-81
4-91

OVERVIEW
Maintenance instructions to be performed at the unit level are provided in this
chapter. Included are references for spare parts, special tools, TMDE and support
equipment. Services to be performed on receipt of material are included as a
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Service (PMCS) chart and a troubleshooting table.
Maintenance of the Heavy Expanded Mobility Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT) electrical
system, brakes, hubs, body and towing components is included.

Section I. REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

4-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Table of Organization and
Equipment (TOE) or the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE)
applicable to your unit.

4-2. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Refer to section III, appendix F, for special tools to support the M989A1 trailer.

4-3. REPAIR PARTS
Repair parts are listed and illustrated in appendix F of this manual.

Change 1

4-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

4-4. UNPACKING AND CHECKING THE EQUIPMENT
a. Remove any metal strapping, plywood, tapes, seals, wrapping paper or any
other shipping and protective items.
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
b. If any exterior parts are coated with rust preventive compound, remove it
with dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) (item 6, appendix E).
c. Inspect the equipment for damage incurred during shipment. If the equipment
has been damaged, report the damage on DD Form 6, Packaging Improvement
Report.
d. Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is
complete. Report all discrepancies in accordance with the instructions of DA
PAM 738-750.

4-5. SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT
a. Perform the PMCS contained in table 2-1.
b. Lubricate all points as shown in the Lubrication Instructions (chapter 3,
section I), regardless of interval.
c. Schedule the next PMCS on DD Form 314, Preventive Maintenance Schedule and
Record.
d. Report all deficiencies on DA Form 2407 if the deficiencies appear to involve
unsatisfactory design.
e. Perform a break-in road test of 25 miles at a maximum speed of 55 miles per
hour.

4-2

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

4-6. GENERAL
To ensure that the HEMAT is ready for operation at all times, it must be inspected
systematically so that defects may be discovered and corrected before they result
in serious damage or failure. Table 4-1 contains a tabulated listing of PMCS to be
performed by unit maintenance personnel. All deficiencies and shortcomings will be
recorded as well as the corrective action taken on DA Form 2404 at the earliest
possible opportunity.

4-7. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
a. The item numbers in table 4-1 indicate the sequence of the PMCS. Perform at
the intervals shown below:
(1)

Do your semiannual (S) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each 6 months.

(2)

Do your annual (A) PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE once each year.

b. If something doesn't work, troubleshoot it with the instructions in this
manual or notify your supervisor.
c. Always do your PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE in the same order, so it gets to be a
habit. Once you've had some practice, you'll spot anything wrong in a hurry.
d. If anything looks wrong and you can't fix it, write it on your DA Form 2404.
If you find something seriously wrong, report it to support maintenance as soon as
possible.
________
WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
(1)
Cleaning. Dirt, grease, oil, and debris only get in the way and may
cover up a serious problem. Clean as you work and as needed. Use dry cleaning
solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) (item 6, appendix E) to clean metal surfaces. Use
soap when you clean rubber or plastic material.
(2)
Bolts, Nuts, and Screws. Check them all for obvious looseness, missing,
bent, or broken condition. You can't try them all with a tool, of course, but look
for chipped paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads. Tighten any that you find
loose.
(3)
Welds. Look for loose or chipped paint, rust or gaps where parts are
welded together. If you find a bad weld, report it to support maintenance.
(4)
Electrical Wires and Connectors. Look for cracked or broken insulation,
bare wires and loose or broken connectors. Tighten loose connectors and make sure
the tires are in good condition.

Change 1

4-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-7. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
(5)
Air Hoses. Look for wear, damage and leaks and make sure clamps and
fittings are tight. If a leak comes from a loose fitting or connector, tighten it.
If something is broken or worn out, either correct it or report it to support
maintenance. Refer to appendix B.

Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS)
S - Semiannually
Item
No.

Interval
S
A

A - Annually

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure:
NOTE
Perform operator PMCS prior to or in conjunction with unit PMCS
if:
There is a delay between the daily operation of the
equipment and the unit PMCS.
Regular operator is not assisting/participating.

1

WHEELS AND TIRES

2

Rotate and match tires according to design and degree of
wear. See TM 9-2610-200-24 for acceptable limits in
matching tires. Tighten wheel nuts to 450-500 lb ft. (See
sequence in para. 3-5.)

b.

Check steering alinement in accordance with para. 4-29 of
this manual.

SERVICE BRAKES

a.

Inspect hub and drum for visible wear and scoring (para.
4-26).

b.

Inspect wheel bearings for visible wear and seal for
deterioration and damage (para. 4-26).

c.

Inspect brake shoes for wear (para. 4-16).

d.

Inspect camshafts for visible wear and damage (para.
4-17).

e.

Inspect camshaft bearings for visible wear (para. 4-17).

4-4

a.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
S - Semiannually
Item
No.

Interval
S
A

3

A - Annually

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure:
BRAKE AIR CHAMBER
________

WARNING
Do not attempt to disassemble brake air chambers. The
springs inside the chambers are under heavy tension and
may cause severe injury if released during disassembly.

4

Inspect brake air chambers for visible damage
SLACK ADJUSTERS

a.

Inspect slack adjusters for damage (para. 4-18).

b.

Inspect slack adjusters (para. 4-18).

5

AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM

a.

Inspect front and rear air bags for proper inflation,
cuts or cracks. Report defective bags to support
maintenance.

b.

Inspect connecting air hoses for cracks and proper
connection. Report any defects to support maintenance.

6

AIR CLEANER

Inspect air filter for dirt (para. 4-19). Replace as
necessary.

4-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-7. UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) (CONT)
Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
S - Semiannually
Item
No.

Interval
S
A

7

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure:
AXLES

Inspect axles (1) for cracks, damaged brackets (2) and pads
(3). Report deficiencies to support maintenance.

8

TOWBAR PIVOT

4-6

A - Annually

Remove towbar pivot (4) (para. 4-27). Thoroughly clean grease
grooves and reinstall.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 4-1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) - CONT
S - Semiannually
Item
No.

Interval
S
A

9

A - Annually

ITEM TO BE INSPECTED
Procedure:
WIRING HARNESS

10

Inspect wiring harness (1) for loose mounting, broken wires,
damaged insulation and connections. Repair or replace
defective wiring harness (para. 4-13).

FLOORBOARDS AND FRAME

a.

Inspect storage box cover for loose hinge or damaged
cover. Replace defective parts (para. 4-35).

b.

Inspect bumpers and splash guards for deterioration and
damage. Replace defective bumpers (para. 4-31) and splash
guards (para. 4-33).

c.

Inspect frame for peeling paint, distortion and other
damage. Report deficiencies to support maintenance.

d.

Inspect vehicle for cracked welds, excessive deformation,
and loose fittings. Report deficiencies to support
maintenance.

4-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section IV. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

4-8. SYMPTOM INDEX
Page
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
All lamps do not light.................................................... 4-8
One or more lamps (but not all) will not light............................ 4-9
Dim or flickering lights.................................................. 4-9
BRAKES
All brakes will not release (trailer connected to towing vehicle)......... 4-9
No brakes or weak breaks................................................. 4-10
Slow brake application or slow release................................... 4-11
Grabbing brakes.......................................................... 4-11
Hard pulling (one or more brake drums running hot)....................... 4-12
AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM
Improper air bag inflation............................................... 4-12
TIRES
Excessively worn or scuffed tires or flat spots on tires................. 4-13
Trailer not tracking..................................................... 4-13

4-9. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE
a. Table 4-1 lists the common malfunctions which you may find during the
operation or maintenance of the HEMAT or its components. You should perform the
test/inspections and corrective maintenance in the order listed.
b. This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or
inspections and corrective actions. If a malfunction is not listed or it is not
corrected by the listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.

Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(See schematic diagram, para. 4-10)
1. ALL LAMPS DO NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.

4-8

Test intervehicular cable for shorts or open cable.
a.

If cable is defective, replace cable.

b.

If cable is not defective, proceed to step 2.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 2.

Check for short or open circuit in wiring (para. 4-10).
If wiring has a short or open circuit, repair or replace wiring
(para. 4-13).

2. ONE OR MORE LAMPS (BUT NOT ALL) WILL NOT LIGHT.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Replace inoperative lamps (para. 4-10). If still inoperative, check
for defective light.
a.

Replace or repair defective light assemblies (para. 4-11
and 4-12).

b.

If light assembly is not damaged, proceed to step 2.

Check for short or open circuit in wiring (para. 4-10).
If wiring has a short or open circuit, repair or replace wiring
(para. 4-13).

3. DIM OR FLICKERING LIGHTS.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check for proper ground or defective light assemblies (para. 4-10).
a.

Replace or repair defective light assemblies (para. 4-11
and 4-12).

b.

If light assemblies are not damaged, proceed to step 2.

Check for intermittent short or open circuit (para. 4-10).
If wiring is defective, repair or replace wiring (para. 4-13).
BRAKES

1. ALL BRAKES WILL NOT RELEASE (TRAILER CONNECTED TO TOWING VEHICLE).
Step 1.

Check for leaks in service air lines or tanks (table 2-1).
a.

If leaks are found, repair or replace as required (para. 4-21 or
para. 4-22).

b.

If no leaks are found, replace relay valve (para. 4-23) or
multifunction valve (para. 4-25).

c.

If no malfunctions are found, proceed to step 2.

4-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-9. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (CONT)
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BRAKES - CONT
Step 2.

Step 3.

Check operation of brake control valve (table 2-1).
a.

If brake control valve does not operate properly, replace valve
(para. 4-24).

b.

If brake control valve operates properly, proceed to step 3.

Check operation of brake chambers (table 2-1).
Replace any chamber not functioning properly (para. 4-20).

2. NO BRAKES OR WEAK BRAKES.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Step 3.

4-10

Check for low air pressure (leakage at connection, air lines, or
valves) (table 2-1).
a.

If air lines/connections are leaking, repair or replace as
needed (para. 4-21).

b.

If brake control valve, relay valve, or multifunction valve is
leaking, replace defective valve (para. 4-23, 4-24, or 4-25).

c.

If air lines/connections or valves are not leaking, proceed to
step 2.

Check for relay valve operation by observing action of brake air
chambers.
a.

If brake air chambers do not operate, replace relay valve
(para. 4-23).

b.

If action of brake air chambers is not positive, replace relay
valve (para. 4-23).

c.

If a single brake air chamber does not operate properly,
replace brake chamber (para. 4-20).

Inspect for grease on brake lining.
a.

If grease is present on brake lining, replace defective seals
and brake shoes (para. 4-16).

b.

If grease is not present on brake lining, proceed to step 4.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 4.

Check for proper brake adjustment by checking slack adjuster, and
adjust as required (para. 4-18).

Step 5.

Check for worn brake lining (table 4-1).
If brake lining is worn, replace brake shoe (para. 4-16).

3. SLOW BRAKE APPLICATION OR SLOW RELEASE.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Step 3.

Disconnect air lines and hoses (para. 4-21) and check for
restrictions.
a.

If air lines or hoses are restricted, replace as required.

b.

If air lines or hoses are not restricted, proceed to step 2.

Check for damaged or broken brake shoe springs (para. 4-16).
a.

If a spring is defective, replace spring.

b.

If any spring is not defective, proceed to step 3.

Check for brake air chamber operation (table 2-1).
a.

If one brake air chamber operates slowly, replace defective
brake chamber (para. 4-20).

b.

If front pair or rear pair of brake air chambers operates
slowly, replace front or rear relay valve (para. 4-23).

c.

If all brake air chambers still operate slowly, replace
multifunction valve (para. 4-25).

Step 4.

Check for proper brake adjustment by checking slack adjuster, and
adjust as required (para. 4-18).

Step 5.

Check for leaking rear brake chamber.
If rear brake chamber leaks at center clamp, tighten bolts (para.
4-20).

4. GRABBING BRAKES.
Step 1.

Check for grease on brake lining.
a.

If grease is present, replace brake shoes and seals (para.
4-16).

b.

If grease is not present on brake lining, proceed to step 2.

4-11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-9. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (CONT)
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
BRAKES - CONT
Step 2.

Step 3.

Check for cracked, scored, or deformed brake drum (table 4-1).
a.

If brake drum is cracked, scored or deformed, replace brake drum
(para. 4-26).

b.

If brake drum is not cracked, scored or deformed, proceed to
step 3.

Check for worn or loose brake linings (table 4-1).
If linings are worn or damaged, replace brake shoes (para. 4-16).

Step 4.

Check slack adjusters and adjust as required (para. 4-18).

5. HARD PULLING (ONE OR MORE BRAKE DRUMS RUNNING HOT).
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check for cross connected air hoses.
a.

If hoses are cross connected, connect hoses properly (emergency
to emergency, service to service).

b.

If hoses are not cross connected, proceed to step 2.

Check for weak or broken brake shoe springs (para. 4-16).
If a spring is defective, replace spring (para. 4-16).

Step 3.

Check for proper brake adjustment by checking slack adjuster and
adjust as required (para. 4-18).
AIR SUSPENSION SYSTEM

IMPROPER AIR BAG INFLATION.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check air bag for cuts or cracks.
a.

If air bag is damaged, notify support maintenance.

b.

If air bag is not damaged, proceed to step 2.

Check air hoses for proper wrapping, cracks, cuts and proper
connection.
If hoses are loose or damaged, tighten or replace (para. 4-21).

4-12

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Step 3.

Check air tanks for leaks or damage.
If air tanks leak or are damaged, replace air tanks (para. 4-22).

Step 4.

Check leveling valves for proper height setting (para. 4-40).
Adjust as required (para. 4-40).
TIRES

1. EXCESSIVELY WORN OR SCUFFED TIRES OR FLAT SPOTS ON TIRES.
Step 1.

Check steering alinement (para. 4-29).

Step 2.

Check for loose wheel bearings.

Step 3.

a.

If wheel bearings are loose, adjust wheel bearings.

b.

If wheel bearings are not loose, proceed to step 3.

Check suspension system for damaged bushings, air bags and loose or
missing bolts and nuts.
a.

If air bags are damaged or have loose or missing bolts and nuts,
notify support maintenance.

b.

If suspension system is not damaged and all hardware is complete
and secure, notify support maintenance.

2. TRAILER NOT TRACKING.
Step 1.

Step 2.

Check for loose wheel bearings.
a.

If wheel bearings are loose, adjust wheel bearings.

b.

If wheel bearings are not loose, proceed to step 2.

Check suspension system for damaged bushings, air bags and loose or
missing hardware.
a.

If suspension system is damaged or has missing hardware, repair
or replace as required.

b.

If suspension system is not defective, proceed to step 3.

Change 1

4-13

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-9. UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE (CONT)
Table 4-2. Unit Troubleshooting Table - CONT
MALFUNCTION
TEST OR INSPECTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
TIRES - CONT
Step 3.

Check toe-in and steering adjustment and adjust as required (para.
4-29).

Step 4.

Check for excessive tire wear.

Section V. MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

4-10. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
This task covers inspection.

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Multimeter

CHECK FOR SHORTS
Check for shorts between the prime source and the trailer, within the wiring
harness, and between the wiring harness and the lights.

CHECK FOR GROUNDS
a. Disconnect all wiring connectors at the lights. Be sure identification
markers are present on individual wires before disconnecting. If not, tag
wires.
NOTE
Check for continuity on grounds using the multimeter on a low ohms
scale.
b.

4-14

Check for continuity between wiring harness connector pin D and the
chassis. If the circuit is open, repair ground lead on wiring harness.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

c. Check for shorts to ground between wiring harness connector pins J1-C, J, E,
F, A, B and pin D (ground). There should be an open circuit between the
connector pins. If there is continuity between any connector pin as
specified, that circuit is grounded and the wiring harness must be repaired
or replaced.
d. Remove all lamps from lights (para. 4-11 and 4-12).
e. Check for grounds from each light lead wire and the chassis (ground). There
should be an open circuit between each lead wire and the chassis. If there is
continuity on any lead wire, the wire is grounded and must be repaired or the
light replaced.

4-15

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-10. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT)

CHECK WIRING HARNESS CONTINUITY
a. Install all lamps in lights (para. 4-11 and 4-12).
b. Check for continuity between each light lead wire and the chassis. If there
is an open circuit, first check lamp. If lamp is defective, replace it. If
there is still an open circuit, repair lead wire or replace light.
c. Connect all wire connectors at lights.
d. Check for continuity between wiring harness connector pins J1-C, J, E, F, A,
B and pin D (ground). Each circuit should indicate continuity. If not, there
is a broken wire and wiring must be repaired or replaced.

CHECK INTERVEHICULAR CABLE CONTINUITY
Check for continuity between individual connector pins and socket on opposite ends
of cable at terminals J1-C, J, E, F, A, and B. Each circuit should indicate
continuity. If any circuit is open, replace cable. At each end of cable, check for
open circuit between any two pins. If short circuit is found, replace cable.

END OF TASK

4-16

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-11. COMPOSITE LIGHTS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Repair

c. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

General mechanics tool kit

Lockwasher (2)
Packing
Tiewrap (item 14, appendix E)
Tag (item 15, appendix E)

REMOVAL
NOTE
Old and new composite lights are not interchangeable.
To remove composite light from old trailers with serial numbers 2000
and below, perform step a. To remove composite light from new trailers
with serial numbers 2001 and up, perform step b.
a. To remove composite light from old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and
below, proceed as follows:
(1)

Tag and disconnect connectors (1) from wiring harness. Remove plastic
tiewrap (2).

(2)

Remove two machine screws (3), lockwashers (4) and wiring harness (5)
to detach composite light (6). Remove light (6).

b. To remove composite light from new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up,
proceed as follows:
(1)

Tag and disconnect connectors (7) from wiring harness.

(2)

Remove six locknuts (8), washers (9), and screws (10) to detatch
composite light (11). Remove light (11).

REPAIR
NOTE
No repair is authorized for composite lights on new trailers.
To repair composite light on old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below,
proceed as follows:
(1)

Loosen six captive screws (12) and remove lens (13).

(2)

If defective, replace lamp (14 or 15).

(4-16.1 blank)/4-16.2

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

4-17

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-11. COMPOSITE LIGHTS (CONT)
(3)

If defective, replace stop lamp assembly (16) by using a small
screwdriver and inserting it on left side (facing taillight) between
printed wiring board and printed wiring board housing. Pop open printed
wiring board and insert screwdriver in screw (17) slot in the middle of
printed wiring board housing. Press down and turn screw (17)
counterclockwise to remove bayonet (18) and stop lamp assembly (16)
from socket.

(4)

Replace stop lamp assembly (16), with printed wiring board popped open,
by positioning bayonet (18) in socket and using small screwdriver in
screw (17) slot. Press down and turn screw (17) clockwise until bayonet
(18) is seated in socket.

(5)

Snap shut printed wiring board into printed wiring board housing.

(6)

If defective, replace marker assembly (19) by using a small screwdriver
and inserting it in screw (20) slot in center of assembly. Press down
and turn screw (20) counterclockwise to remove bayonet (21) and
assembly (19) from socket.
CAUTION
Ensure wires are cleared from center screw (20) slot.

(7)

Replace marker assembly (19) by positioning bayonet (21) and assembly
(19) into socket. Using small screwdriver in screw (20) center slot,
press down and turn screw (20) clockwise until bayonet (21) is seated
in socket.
NOTE
Do not remove packing (22) unless damaged.

4-18

(8)

If necessary, replace packing (22). Install lens (13) into body (23)
and tighten and fasten six captive screws (12).

(9)

If necessary, replace housing (24) by drilling out eight rivets and
removing housing from trailer frame. Install housing (24) and eight
rivets.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Old and new composite lights are not interchangeable.
To install composite light on new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and
up, perform step a. To install composite light on old trailers with
serial numbers 2000 and below, perform step b.
a. To install composite light on new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up,
proceed as follows:
(1)

Install composite light (11), six screws (10), washers (9), and
locknuts (8)

(2)

Connect five connectors (7).

b. To install composite light on old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and
below, proceed as follows:
(1)

Install composite light (6) and install wiring harness (5) with two
machine screws (3) and lockwashers (4).

(2)

Connect connectors (1) to wiring harness. Make sure that tag or marker
numbers on wires correspond. Install tiewrap (2).

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-18.1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-12. CLEARANCE MARKER LIGHTS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
For new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up:
Portable electric drill 1/32-inch drill bit
Rivet gun kit
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (4)

REMOVAL
NOTE
Old and new clearance marker lights are not interchangeable.
To remove clearance marker light from old trailers with serial numbers
2000 and below, perform step a. To remove clearance marker light from
new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, perform step b.
a. To remove clearance marker light (1) from old trailers with serial numbers
2000 and below, proceed as follows:
(1)

Remove two screws (2) and lens (3).

(2)

Remove lamp (4).

(3)

Remove grounding screw (5) and socket base (6) from mount plate (7) to
gain access to wiring.

(4)

Disconnect light connector from harness connector.

(5)

Push shell (8) back on wire and remove C-washer (9) and shell (8).
Remove terminal (10) if damaged.
NOTE

If removing center rear light, it will be necessary to drill or chisel
the fasteners, whether screws or rivets.
(6)

4-18.2

If necessary, remove existing fasteners, either four nuts (11),
lockwashers (12), washers (13), and screws (14) or four rivets (15),
mount plate (7), and gasket (16).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

4-19

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-12. CLEARANCE MARKER LIGHTS (CONT)
b. To remove clearance marker light (1) from new trailers with serial numbers
2001 and up, proceed as follows:
(1)

Disconnect electrical lead (17) and ground lead (18).

(2)

Remove two screws (19) and cover (20).

(3)

Remove four nuts (21), lockwashers (22), screws (23), washers (24),
light assembly (25), and gasket (26).
NOTE

The three red clearance marker lights in the rear center of the trailer
are mounted with rivets.
(4)

If removing rear center clearance marker light, use portable
drill with 7/32-inch drill bit and drill out four rivets.

(5)

Turn light emitting diode (LED) (27) one quarter turn counterclockwise (viewed from LED) and remove LED (27) from light
assembly (25).

(6)

If necessary, carefully lift connector (28) from LED (27).

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Old and new clearance marker lights are not interchangeable.
To install clearance marker light on new trailers with serial numbers
2001 and up, perform step a. To install clearance marker light on old
trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, perform step b.
a. To install clearance marker light (1) on new trailers with serial numbers
2001 and up, proceed as follows:
(1)

Install connector (28) on LED (27).

(2)

Install LED (27) on light assembly (25) and turn one quarter turn
clockwise (viewed from LED).

(3)

Install gasket (26), light assembly (25), four washers (24), screws
(23), lockwashers (22), and nuts (21).
NOTE

The three red clearance marker lights in the rear center of the trailer
are mounted with rivets.

4-20

(4)

If installing rear center clearance marker light, install four rivets
using a rivet gun kit.

(5)

Install cover (20) and two screws (19).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(6)

Connect ground lead (18) and electrical lead (17).

b. To install clearance marker light (1) on old trailers with serial numbers
2000 and below, proceed as follows:
(1)

If removed, install gasket (16) and mount plate (7) using four 3/16inch blind fasteners.

(2)

Install terminal (10) if removed. Insert terminal (10) through shell
(8). Install C-washer (9) on terminal (10) and pull shell (8) over
terminal.

(3)

Connect connector to wiring harness.

(4)

Mount socket base (6) to mount plate (7) with grounding screw (5).

(5)

Install lamp (4).

(6)

Install lens (3) with two screws (2).

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-20.1/(4-20.2 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-13. WIRING HARNESS
This task covers: a. Removal
b. Cleaning and Inspection

c. Repair
d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

General mechanics tool kit
Electrical tool and connector repair kit
Soldering iron

Equipment Condition
Right rear wheel removed

Materials/Parts
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Lockwasher (12)
Tiewrap (as required) (item 14, appendix E)
Lock nut (4)

REMOVAL
CAUTION
Be careful not to cut air hose when cutting tape from tiewraps.
NOTE
Remove complete harness only if required to effect repair or replacement.
a. Cut tape and remove tiewraps around harness at composite light mounting
brackets.
b. Tag and disconnect harness connectors (1) at all lights by pulling connector
halves apart.

4-21

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-13. WIRING HARNESS (CONT)
c. Tag and disconnect harness connectors at front receptacle.
d. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, remove 12 nuts and
lockwashers from 10 screws and 2 studs securing the harness clamps at
positions along right side under frame. Remove clamps from wiring harness.
d.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, remove 26 nuts from 22 studs
and 4 screws securing harness clamps at positions along right side under
frame. Remove clamps from wiring harness.
e. Remove four lock nuts (1), capscrews (2), and washers (3) to free ground lead
(4), receptacle (5) and cover (6) from frame.

NOTE
To make installation easier, tape receptacle bundles to main harness if
desired.
f. To remove, feed wire harness through grommets and along frame.

4-22

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CLEANING AND INSPECTION
a. Clean wiring harness with a clean rag.
b. Inspect wiring for cuts, breaks and loose connections and connectors and
cover (6) for damage.

REPAIR
a. If any connector assembly is damaged, replace it. Push back shell on wire to
expose terminal, remove defective terminals and crimp a new terminal on end
of wire. Pull shell over terminal.
b. If individual harness wires extending from the harness loom are broken,
splice at break. Install new terminal and shell if required.

4-23

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-13. WIRING HARNESS (CONT)
c. If wire leads have damaged insulation, tape over damaged insulation where
required. If wires within the harness loom are defective, replace wiring
harness.
d. Replace deteriorated grommets in frame holes.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not damage wiring or insulation during installation of wiring
harness.
a. Run wiring harness along frame and through grommets. Run harness over cross
beams. Install clamps over harness and secure.
b. Install tiewraps around composite light wires and to air lines along frame.
c. Position receptacle and cover on frame. Receptacle must have A contact
upward. Install capscrews and lock nuts. Be sure ground lead and lockwasher
are under one of the lock nuts.
d. Connect connectors to all lights.
e. Connect trailer to towing vehicle and check operation of all lights.

END OF TASK
Section VI. MAINTENANCE OF FRONT AXLE
4-14. KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

Welding machine
Welder tool kit
Bearing and bushing inserter tool

Equipment Condition

Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)
Grease (item 7, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Cotter pin
Cotter pin
Bushing (2)

4-24

Wheels removed (para. 3-5)
Brake assemblies removed (para. 4-15)
Hub and drum removed (para. 4-26)
Brake air chamber removed (para. 4-20)
Camshaft assembly removed (para. 4-17)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REMOVAL
a. On streetside only, remove cotter pin (1), nut (2) and short tie rod (3) from
assembly arm (4).
b. Remove cotter pin (5), nut (6), and long tie rod (7) from assembly arm (4).
c. Remove cotter pin (8), nut (9), assembly arm (4) and woodruff key (10).
d. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, remove six bolts (11),
lockwashers (12), top and bottom plates (13) and two gaskets (14).
d.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, remove two caps (14.1).

Change 1

4-25

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-14. KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY (CONT)
e. Remove nut (15), washer (16) and taper pin (17).
f. Drive king pin (18) out with bearing preload tool or other suitable object to
avoid damage to king pin ends.
g. Remove axle (19), bearing (20) and shim (21) from knuckle assembly (22).

INSTALLATION
a. Apply grease to new bearing (20) and install bearing and knuckle assembly
(22) onto axle (19).
b. Insert body of bearing inserter tool (23) through lower portion of knuckle
assembly (22) and bearing (20) into axle; secure by inserting bearing
inserter tool T-handle (24) through tapered pin hole.
c. Start threaded handle into body of bearing inserter tool (23) until stop on
handle contacts lower surface of knuckle assembly (22).
d. Preload bearing by hand turning the threaded handle as much as possible.

4-26

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

e. Insert shim (21) of appropriate thickness between top of axle (19) and
knuckle assembly (22) to achieve 0.002-inch clearance between top of axle and
knuckle. Release tension on bearing inserter tools (23).
CAUTION
Do not insert king pin upside down. The king pin measures 5-1/10 inches
from the groove to the bottom, and 5-4/10 inches from the groove to the
top. INSERT BOTTOM FIRST.
f. Apply grease to king pin (18); aline groove with tapered pin hole, insert
into top of knuckle assembly (22) and drive downward until it reaches top of
bearing preload tool. Remove tool T-handle (24) from tapered pin hole and
continue driving king pin. This will drive out body of bearing preload tool.

Change 1

4-27

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-14. KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY (CONT)
g. Insert tapered pin (17) and secure with washer (16) and nut (15). Torque to
55-60 lb ft.
h. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, replace top and bottom
gaskets (14) and plates (13) and secure with six lockwashers (12) and bolts
(11). Torque to 6-8 lb ft.
h.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, install two caps (14.1).
i. Replace key (10) and assembly arm (4). Secure with nut (9) and cotter pin
(8).
j. Replace tie rod (7) and secure with nut (6). Torque to 125 lb ft and tighten
to aline hole; then install cotter pin (5).
k. On streetside only, install short tie rod (3) on assembly arm (4) and secure
with nut (2). Torque to 125 lb ft and tighten to aline hole; then install
cotter pin (1).
l. Lube two fittings top and bottom on axle.

END OF TASK

Section VII. MAINTENANCE OF AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

4-15. SERVICE BRAKE ASSEMBLY
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Hub and drum removed (para. 4-26)
Brake shoes removed (para. 4-16)
Slack adjuster removed (para. 4-18)
Camshaft removed (para. 4-17)
Brake air chamber removed (para. 4-20)

Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (2)
Lockwasher (4)
Lockwasher (8)
Lockwasher

4-28

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REMOVAL
a. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, at rear brake only,
remove two nuts (1), clamp (2), U-bolt (3), nut (4), lockwasher (5), bolt
(6), and bracket (7).
b. Remove four screws (8) and lockwashers (9); then remove cam bracket assembly
(10).
c. Remove two washers (11) and two bushings (12) from cam bracket assembly (10).
d. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, remove eight nuts (13),
lockwashers (14), and screws (15) and remove spider (16) and deflector (17)
from spindle (18).
d.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, remove seven (on front
brakes, eight on rear brakes) nuts (13), lockwashers (14), and screws (15)
and remove spider (16) and deflector (17) from spindle (18).
e. Remove five screws (19) and separate spider (16) and deflector (17).
f. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, remove grease fitting (20)
and plug (21).

Change 1

4-29

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-15. SERVICE BRAKE ASSEMBLY (CONT)

INSTALLATION
a. Aline spider (16) and deflector (17) and install five screws (19).
b. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, attach spider (16) and
deflector (17) to spindle (18) with seven (on front brakes, eight on rear
brakes) screws (15), lockwashers (14), and nuts (13). Torque nuts (13) to
150-170 lb ft.
b.1. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, attach spider (16) and
deflector (17) to spindle (18) with eight screws (15), lockwashers (14), and
nuts (13). Torque nuts (13) to 150-170 lb ft.
c. Install two bushings (12) and washers (11) into cam bracket assembly (10),
and install with four screws (9) and lockwashers (8).
d. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, at rear brake only,
install bracket (7), bolt (6), lockwasher (5), nut (4), U-bolt (3), clamp (2)
and two nuts (1). Torque nut (4) to 45-55 lb ft. Torque two nuts (1) to 50-70
lb ft.
e. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, install plug (21) and grease
fitting (20).

END OF TASK

4-16. BRAKE SHOES
This task covers: a. Removal
b. Cleaning

c. Inspection
d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Lock ring pliers
Pry bar

Wheel and tire removed (para. 3-5)
Drum and hub removed (para. 4-26)

Materials/Parts
Grease (item 7, appendix E)
Abrasive cloth (item 4, appendix E)
Dry cleaning solvent (item 6, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)

4-30

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REMOVAL
a. Using a large screwdriver or lever, remove two springs (1) from brake shoes
(2).
b. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, remove two cam rollers
(3) and pins (4).
b.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, remove two retainers (3) and
rollers (4).
c. Push cam end of both brake shoes (2) toward cam (5) and unhook return spring
(6) and remove brake shoes (2).

Change 1

4-31

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-16. BRAKE SHOES (CONT)

CLEANING
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
CAUTION
Do not allow lubricants or solvents to get on brake shoes. These
materials will do damage to brake linings and result in poor braking
action.
a. Clean all parts except brake shoes with a brush and dry cleaning solvent. Air
dry.
b. Clean brake shoes with soft bristle brush.

INSPECTION
a. Inspect brake shoes for wear and scoring. Replace brake shoes if linings are
worn to less than 5/16-inch thick at any place on the linings.
b. Inspect springs for kinks, corrosion, and distortion.
c. Inspect rollers and pins for wear, corrosion and other damage.

INSTALLATION
a. On old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below, install two rollers (3)
and pins (4) on cam (5).
a.1. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, install two retainers (3) on
rollers (4); then, squeeze loops and swing retainers to snap loops in shoe
web holes.
b. Position two brake shoes (2) on rollers (3).
c. Install return spring (6).
d. Install two springs (1).
e. Back off slack adjuster (para. 4-18) to allow for drum installation.

END OF TASK

4-32

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-17. CAMSHAFT
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Snap ring pliers
Materials/Parts
Cotter pin
Equipment Condition
Brake shoes removed (para. 4-16)
Slack adjuster removed (para. 4-18)

REMOVAL
a. Remove inner camshaft (thin) washer (1) from camshaft (2).
b. Remove camshaft (2) from bracket (3).

4-33

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-17. CAMSHAFT (CONT)

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Two different thicknesses of washers are used on the camshaft, 0.30
inch and 0.60 inch thick. In addition, there is a thin washer that is
used to seal dirt out of the slack adjuster.
a. Install camshaft (2) through bracket (3).
b. Install inner camshaft (thin) washer (1) onto camshaft (2).
c. Install slack adjuster (para. 4-18).
d. Check camshaft end play. Add or delete washers to obtain end play of 0.020
and 0.045 inch.

END OF TASK

4-18. SLACK ADJUSTER
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

c. Brake Adjustment

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Snap ring pliers

Brake shoes removed (para. 4-16)

Materials/Parts
Cotter pin
Grease GAA (item 7, appendix E)

REMOVAL
a. Remove cotter pin (1) and clevis pin (2) from air chamber push rod clevis
(3).
b. Using a 7/16-inch socket wrench, rotate slack adjuster hex (on underside of
slack adjuster (4)) counterclockwise (a ratcheting sound will be heard) until
slack adjuster arm is clear of push rod clevis (3).

4-34

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

c. Remove snap ring (5) and outer washers (6 and 7) from camshaft (8).
d. Remove nut (9) and washer (10).
CAUTION
Do not hammer on slack adjuster to remove. Damage to the slack adjuster
may occur.
e. Using a suitable pulley, remove slack adjuster (4) from bracket (11).

4-35

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-18. SLACK ADJUSTER (CONT)

INSTALLATION
________

WARNING
The slack adjuster must be installed with the arrow stamped on the side
pointing AWAY from the air chamber. If the slack adjuster is installed
wrong, brake failure may occur, possibly causing serious injury to
personnel.
The slack adjusters for the front and rear axles are not identical.
When reinstalling or replacing, ensure that the correct slack adjuster
is used. Installation of incorrect slack adjuster may cause brake
failure and possible serious injury to personnel.
a. Lightly grease slack adjuster splines and slide slack adjuster (4) onto
camshaft (8).
b. Visually check alinement of slack adjuster and brake chamber push rod. If
required, install an additional washer between slack adjuster and drum to
center the slack arm in the clevis.
c. Install two washers (7 and 6) and install snap ring (5).
d. Install washer (10) and nut (9).
e. Check camshaft end play. Add or delete washers to obtain end play of between
0.020 and 0.045 inch.
CAUTION
Ensure that the push rod is threaded as far as possible into the
clevis. The face of the threaded push rod should be flush or protruding
slightly from the inside of the clevis.
f. Verify that the dimension between the air chamber mounting face and the
center of clevis pin is between 2.25 and 2.50 inches. If adjustment is
necessary, loosen jam nut above clevis, adjust clevis to 2.50 inches, and
tighten jam nut to 15-20 lb ft.
NOTE
Some slack adjusters are equipped with two clevis pin holes.
On the rear brakes, install the clevis in the slack adjuster hole
furthest from the camshaft.
On the rear brakes, install the clevis in the slack adjuster hole
closest to the camshaft.
g. Rotate adjustment hex on underside of slack adjuster (4) clockwise until
holes in slack adjuster arm aline with push rod clevis (3).

4-36

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

h. Install clevis pin (2) and cotter pin (1).
i. Lubricate slack adjuster (4) with grease.
j. Uncage air chambers (para. 3-6).
k. Adjust brakes (see below).

BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
CAUTION
After any maintenance on hubs, slack adjusters, or drums, perform the
brake adjustment procedure. Otherwise, brake rubbing or ineffective
braking may occur.
NOTE
The HEMAT is equipped with automatic slack adjusters. They adjust
constantly whenever braking is done, and compensate for lining and drum
wear. The slack adjusters must be initially installed as above and
adjusted as below in order for the automatic adjustment to function.
a. Cage the brake chambers (rear only) (para. 3-6).
NOTE
Brakes must be off (wheels rotate freely).
b. Ensure that brake chamber bolts (1) are tight. If not, torque to 90-110 lb
ft.

4-37

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-18. SLACK ADJUSTER (CONT)
c. Loosen nut (2) on slack adjuster (3).
CAUTION
If the control arm is not rotated to the internal stop, tight brakes
will occur.
d. Lightly tap control arm (4) to rotate it toward brake chamber (there is an
arrow stamped on the control arm to show which direction to move it). The
control arm should be rotated until stopped by the internal stop of slack
adjuster.
e. Without moving control arm from stopped position, tighten nut (2) and torque
to 15 lb ft.
f. Using a 7/16-inch ratchet wrench, rotate adjustment hex (5) on underside of
slack adjuster clockwise until shoes are tight against drum and the hex will
no longer turn.
g. Back off adjuster hex (5) one half of a turn by turning counterclockwise.
The wrench will require approximately 15 lb ft to turn, and a ratcheting
sound will occur.
h. Uncage brake chambers (rear only) (para. 3-6).
i. Apply brakes through at least 10 applications to complete self-adjustment.

END OF TASK
4-19. AIR CLEANER
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Air tanks drained

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Lockwasher
REMOVAL
NOTE
There are two air cleaners, the service air cleaner and the emergency
air cleaner. They are installed facing in opposite directions. (See air
system schematic, para. 2-2.)

4-38

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

a. Disconnect air hose (1) and adapter (2) from trailer.
b. Disconnect air hose (3) from air cleaner (4).
c. Remove two nuts (5), lockwashers (6) and washers (7) from U-bolt (8).
d. Remove U-bolt (8), spacer (9) and air cleaner (4).
________
WARNING
Be careful when removing air cleaner top nut because of high spring
pressure behind nut.
e. Remove top nut (10), preformed packing (11), spring (12), filter holder (13)
and filter (14).
f. Remove elbow (15).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to male pipe threads before connecting.
a. Install elbow (15).
b. Install filter (14), filter holder (13), spring (12), preformed packing (11)
and top nut (10) into air cleaner (4).

Change 1

4-39

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-19. AIR CLEANER (CONT)
c. Position U-bolt (8), spacer (9) and air cleaner (4) onto frame and secure
with two washers (7), lockwashers (6) and nuts (5).
d. Connect air hose (3).
e. Connect adapter (2) and air hose (1) to trailer.

END OF TASK

4-20. BRAKE AIR CHAMBER
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Cotter pin
Lockwasher (2)

________

WARNING
Do not attempt to disassemble brake air chambers. The springs inside
the chambers are under heavy tension and may cause severe injury if
released during disassembly.
REMOVAL
a. Cage air chamber (rear brakes only) (para. 3-6).
b. Drain air tanks.
c. Tag and disconnect air hose from brake chamber (one hose on each front
chamber, two on each back chamber).
d. Remove cotter pin (1) and clevis pin (2) from clevis (3).

4-40

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

e. Remove two hex nuts (4) and lockwashers (5). Remove brake air chamber (6).
f. Uncage air chamber (rear brakes only) (para. 3-6).

INSTALLATION
a. Cage new brake chamber (rear brakes only) (para. 3-6).
b. With brake air chamber spring caged, measure length of push rod from mounting
surface of chamber. Length should be 2.25 to 2.50 inches.
c. If necessary, loosen jam nut (7) and turn clevis (3) on or off push rod to
adjust length. Tighten jam nut (7) against push rod end to 15-25 lb ft.
d. Install air chamber (6) with two lockwashers (5) and hex nuts (4).
e. Aline clevis (3) with center hole in slack adjuster. Install clevis pin (2)
and cotter pin (1).

4-41

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-20. BRAKE AIR CHAMBER (CONT)
f. Uncage brake air chamber spring (rear brakes only) (para. 3-6).
g. Apply anti-seize tape to male fittings and connect air hoses.
h. Adjust brakes (para. 4-18).
i. If brake air chamber leaks at clamp, disconnect air supply, torque bolts (8)
to 40-50 lb ft and check for leaks.

END OF TASK
4-21. AIR LINES
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Repair

c. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Hoses and tubes disconnected at
air tanks (para. 4-22)
Hoses and tubes disconnected at
air cleaners (para. 4-19)
Hoses and tubes disconnected at
relay valves (para. 4-23)
Hoses and tubes disconnected at
leveling valves (para. 4-40)
Hoses and tubes disconnected at
brake control valve (para. 4-24)
Hoses and tubes disconnected at
multifunction valve (para. 4-25)

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Lockwasher (2)
Loom, as required (appendix F)
Tiewrap, as required (item 14, appendix E)
Tag, as required (item 20, appendix E)

REMOVAL
NOTE
To remove air lines from old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and
below, perform step a. To remove air lines from new trailers with
serial numbers 2001 and up, perform step b.
a. To remove air lines from old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below,
proceed as follows:
Tag all hoses and tubes before disconnecting.

4-42

(1)

Disconnect trailer from towing vehicle.

(2)

Disconnect remaining hoses and tubes.

(3)

Remove five nuts (1) and clamps (2).

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(4)

Remove two nuts (3) and clamps (4).

(5)

Remove four nuts (5) and clamps (6).

(6)

Remove two nuts (7), lockwashers (8), and clamps (9).

(7)

Remove tiewraps and looms.

(8)

Remove hoses and tubes.

Change 1

4-42.1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-21. AIR LINES (CONT)
b. To remove air lines from new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up,
proceed as follows:
NOTE
Tag all hoses and tubes before disconnecting.

4-42.2

(1)

Disconnect trailer from towing vehicle.

(2)

Disconnect remaining hoses and tubes.

(3)

Remove five nuts (1) and clamps (2).

(4)

Remove nine nuts (3) and clamps (4).

(5)

Remove two nuts (5) and clamps (6).

(6)

Remove tiewraps and looms.

(7)

Remove hoses and tubes.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REPAIR
a. If defective, replace preformed packing in gladhands.
b. Replace other defective parts as required.
c. Refer to appendix G (figure G-1) for nonmetallic tube sizes and materials.
d. Refer to TM 9-4940-468-14 (para. 2-10 and 2-11) for fabricating hoses and
tubes.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
To install air lines on new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up,
perform step a. To install air lines on old trailers with serial
numbers 2000 and below, perform step b.
a. To install air lines on new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, proceed
as follows:
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to all pipe threads.
(1)

Install hoses and tubes. Refer to appropriate installation procedures.

(2)

Install looms and tiewraps, as required.

(3)

Install two nuts (5) and clamps (6).

(4)

Install nine nuts (3) and clamps (4).

(5)

Install five nuts (1) and clamps (2).

(6)

Connect hoses and tubes

(7)

Connect trailer to towing vehicle, allow 2 minutes for air system to
fully charge, and check for leaks.

b. To install air lines on old trailers with serial numbers 2000 and below,
proceed as follows:
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to all pipe threads.
(1)

Install hoses and tubes. Refer to appropriate installation procedures.

(2)

Install looms and tiewraps, as required.

(3)

Install two clamps (9), lockwashers (8), and nuts (7).

Change 1

4-43

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-21. AIR LINES (CONT)
(4)

Install four clamps (6) and nuts (5).

(5)

Install two clamps (4) and nuts (3).

(6)

Install five clamps (2) and nuts (1).

(7)

Connect trailer to towing vehicle, allow 2 minutes for air system to
fully charge, and check for leaks.

END OF TASK
4-22. AIR TANKS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Lockwasher (12)
Tags

4-44

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REMOVAL
Front Tank.
NOTE
Tag all tubes for identification prior to disconnecting.
a. Disconnect tube (1) and tube (2).
b. Support air tank (3); remove four nuts (4), lockwashers (5), washers (6) and
screws (7); remove air tank (3).
c. Remove elbow (8), elbow (9) and plug (10).
d. Remove two plugs (11) and petcock (12).

4-45

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-22. AIR TANKS (CONT)
Right Rear Tank.
a. Disconnect three tubes (1), (2), and (3).
b. Support air tank (4); remove four nuts (5), lockwashers (6), washers (7) and
screws (8); remove air tank (4).
c. Remove two elbows (9) and elbow (10).
d. Remove two plugs (11) and petcock (12).

Left Rear Tank.
a. Disconnect four tubes (1, 2, 3, and 4).
b. Support air tank (5); remove four nuts (6), lockwashers (7), washers (8) and
screws (9); remove air tank (5).
c. Remove tee (10) and reducer bushing (11).
d. Remove quick-disconnect fitting (12), dust cap (13) and reducer bushing (14).
e. Remove tee (15), pressure protection valve (16), nipple (17), check valve
(18), nipple (19) and reducer bushing (20).

4-46

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

f. Remove two plugs (21) and petcock (22).

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to all male threads before connecting.
Left Rear Tank.
a. Install petcock (22) and two plugs (21) into air tank (5).
b. Install reducer bushing (20), nipple (19), check valve (18), nipple (17),
pressure protection valve (16) and tee (15).
c. Install reducer bushing (14), dust cap (13) and quick-disconnect fitting
(12).
d. Install reducer bushing (11) and tee (10).
e. Install air tank (5) and secure with four screws (9), washers (8),
lockwashers (7) and nuts (6).
f. Connect four tubes (4, 3, 2 and 1).

4-47

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-22. AIR TANKS (CONT)
Right Rear Tank.
a. Install petcock (12) and two plugs (11).
b. Install elbow (10) and two elbows (9).
c. Install air tank (4) and secure with four screws (8), washers (7),
lockwashers (6) and nuts (5).
d. Connect three tubes (3, 2 and 1).

4-48

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Front Tank.
a. Install petcock (12) and two plugs (11).
b. Install plug (10), elbow (9) and elbow (8).
c. Install air tank (3) and secure with four screws (7), washers (6),
lockwashers (5) and nuts (4).
d. Connect tube (2) and tube (1).

END OF TASK

4-49

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-23. RELAY VALVES
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Air tanks drained

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Lockwasher (4)

REMOVAL
NOTE
There are two relay valves, one at the right front of the HEMAT, and
one at the right rear.
Tag hoses and tubes for identification before disconnecting.
a. At right front relay valve (1), tag and disconnect three tubes (2, 3 and 4)
and two hoses (5 and 6) from relay valve (1).
b. Remove two nuts (7), lockwashers (8), washers (9), screws (10) and relay
valve (1).
c. Remove tee (11) and two elbows (12 and 13).
d. At right rear relay valve (14), tag and disconnect two tubes (15 and 16) and
two hoses (17 and 18).
e. Remove two nuts (19), lockwashers (20), washers (21), screws (22) and relay
valve (14).
f. Remove four elbows (23, 24, 25 and 26).

4-50

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-51

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-23. RELAY VALVES (CONT)

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Use anti-seize tape on all pipe fittings.
a. Install four elbows (26, 25, 24 and 23) on right rear relay valve (14).
b. Install relay valve (14) with two screws (22), washers (21), lockwashers (20)
and nuts (19).
c. Connect two hoses (18 and 17) and two tubes (16 and 15).
d. Install two elbows (13 and 12) and tee (11) on right front relay valve (1).
e. Install relay valve (1) with two screws (10), washers (9), lockwashers (8)
and nuts (7).
f. Connect two hoses (6 and 5) and three tubes (4, 3 and 2).

END OF TASK

4-24. BRAKE CONTROL VALVE
This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Air tanks drained

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)

REMOVAL
a. Remove knob (1) and nut (2).
b. Tag and disconnect three tubes (3, 4 and 5).
c. Remove brake control valve (6).
d. Remove three elbows (7, 8 and 9).

4-52

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to all pipe threads before connecting.
a. Install three elbows (9, 8 and 7).
b. Place brake control valve (6) into hole in frame, and install nut (2) and
knob (1).
c. Connect three tubes (5, 4 and 3).

END OF TASK

4-53

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-25. MULTIFUNCTION VALVE
This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Air tanks drained

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Lockwasher (2)

REMOVAL
a. Tag and disconnect four tubes (1 thru 4) and three hoses (5, 6 and 7) from
multifunction valve (8).
b. Remove two nuts (9), lockwashers (10), washers (11) and screws (12).
c. Remove multifunction valve (8).
d. Remove four elbows (13 thru 16), tee (17) and two bushings (18).

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Use anti-seize tape on all pipe fittings.
a. Install two bushings (18), tee (17) and four elbows (16 thru 13) on
multifunction valve (8).
b. Install multifunction valve (8) and secure with two screws (12), washers
(11), lockwashers (10) and nuts (9).
c. Connect three hoses (7, 6 and 5) and four tubes (4 thru 1).

4-54

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

END OF TASK

4-55

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section VIII. MAINTENANCE OF WHEELS AND TIRES

4-26. HUBS AND DRUMS
This task covers: a. Removal
b. Cleaning

c. Inspection
d. Repair

e. Installation
f. Wheel Bearing Adjustment

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

General mechanics tool kit
Jack (item C-2, appendix C)
Jack stand (item C-3, appendix C)
Socket set
Torque wrench, 3/4-inch drive, 0-600 lb ft
Wheel and hub puller
Socket wrench

Equipment Condition
Trailer connected to towing vehicle
and air system charged
Spring brake chamber caged
(rear drum only)

Materials/Parts
Dry cleaning solvent (item 6, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Grease GAA (item 7, appendix E)
Hubcap gasket (appendix F)
Hub oil seal (appendix F)
Lubricating oil, 80/90W (item 8, appendix E)
Sealing compound (item 13, appendix E)

REMOVAL
a. Verify parking brakes are set on towing vehicle.
b. Chock opposite wheel front and rear of the wheel being removed.
c. Loosen but do not remove lug nuts.
d. Release brakes by pushing in on brake control valve (1).

4-56

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

________

WARNING
To avoid personal injury, never work under a vehicle supported only by
a jack. Always use cap on jack when raising axles.
e. Raise axle and support on suitable stand.
f. Remove wheel and tire (para. 3-5).
________
WARNING
Use two persons when removing brake drum to avoid injury.
g. Using a hammer, tap lightly around drum (2) until it loosens enough to be
pulled by hand. While pulling outboard, rock drum (2) from side to side until
free from brake shoes and can be lifted off hub.
h. Remove drum (2).
i. Remove six screws (3), hubcap (4) and hubcap gasket (5).

Change 1

4-57

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26. HUBS AND DRUMS (CONT)
j. Remove cotter pin (6), hex nut (7) and two washers (8).
k. Remove outer wheel bearing (9).
l. Remove hub (10), inner bearing (11) and seal (12) from spindle (13).
CAUTION
Do not remove bearing cups unless necessary for replacement.
m. Remove bearing cups (14 and 15) from hub (10).
CLEANING
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
a. Clean all parts thoroughly using a brush and dry cleaning solvent. Allow to
air dry.
b. Clean spindle (13) and brake shoes (16) on axle with wiping cloth.
c. Clean hub cavity.
INSPECTION
a. Inspect bearings (9 and 11) for wear, scoring, flat spots and overheating
(discoloration).
b. Inspect brake drum (2) for deep scoring, excessive wear (ridge) and other
irregularities. Report defects to support maintenance.
c. Inspect hubcap (4) and hub (10) for cracks and other damage.
d. Inspect spindle (13) for damaged threads, evidence of seizure rough surfaces.
Report defects to support maintenance.
REPAIR
Replace gasket (5), seal (12), and all defective parts. Have support maintenance
turn drum (2) if required.
INSTALLATION
a. Clean hub cavity, spindle (13) and brake shoes (16).
b. Hand pack inner and outer bearings (11 and 9) with grease.

4-58

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

c. Install inner and outer bearing cups (14 and 15) into hub (10), if removed.
d. Install inner bearing cone (11) and seal (12) into hub (10). Seal should have
word "airside" facing out of hub (10).
e. Install hub (10) onto spindle (13).
f. Install outer bearing (9), two washers (8) and nut (7).

WHEEL BEARING ADJUSTMENT
a. Tighten nut (7) to 50 lb ft while turning hub (10) in both directions. Back
off nut (7) 1/8 to 1/4 turn and check to see that there is no binding.
Install cotter pin (6).
b. Apply sealing compound to both sides of gasket (5), and install gasket (5),
hubcap (4) and six screws (3).
c. Install drum (2).
d. Install wheels and tires (para. 3-5).
e. Lower trailer and remove chocks.

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-58.1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES
This task covers: a. Dismounting
b. Cleaning

c. Inspection
d. Repair

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

e. Mounting

Materials/Parts

Tire iron (2 each)
(item 43, appendix B)
Tire iron T46B
(item 44, appendix B)
Locking jaw pliers
Bead breaking chisel
3 lb cross peen hammer
(item 45, appendix B)
Tire mounting pedestal
(figure G-4)

Tire and rim lubricant
(item 7.1, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Stiff bristle brush
(item 1.1, appendix E)
Personnel Required:

DISMOUNTING
________

WARNING
Do not attempt to dismount tire until tire has been completely
deflated. When released suddenly, air under pressure can cause
serious injury.
NOTE
Tire dismounting is a three-person operation.

4-58.2

Change 1

3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

a. Deflate tire completely by removing valve core with core remover.
b. Place wheel (1) and tire (2) on flat surface. One person hold bead breaking
chisel (3) on bead next to rim of wheel and another person hammer chisel
until bead breaks away from rim.
c. Continue to move chisel (3) around circumference of rim until bead is
completely free.
d. Turn wheel (1) and tire (2) over and repeat steps b and c to free second bead
from wheel (1).

Change 1

4-58.3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
e. Place wheel (1) and tire (2) on pedestal (5) with valve stem (6) upward.
Position wheel (1) and tire (2) so three holes in top of pedestal (5) are
alined with wheel mounting holes.
NOTE
Mounting hardware is supplied with pedestal.
f. Install three hex bolts (7), flat washers (8), and hex nuts (9) to secure
wheel (1) and tire (2) to pedestal (5).
g. Apply tire and rim lubricant to bead all around circumference.

4-58.4

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

h. Insert straight ends of long tire irons (10 and 11) between bead and rim
approximately 6 inches on each side of valve stem (6).
i. Hold long tire irons (10 and 11) in position and insert short tire iron (12)
between bead and rim on side directly opposite valve stem (6).

Change 1

4-58.5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
j. Lever short tire iron (12) down and hold in position to separate bead from
rim and guide tire bead into groove in wheel during tire removal.
k. With one person holding short tire iron (12) down and another person holding
long tire iron (10) up, lever other long tire iron (11) down across wheel
and tire to raise bead over rim.

4-58.6

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

l. With one person holding tire irons (11 and 12) down, use two persons to lever
long tire iron (10) down across wheel and tire to raise more of bead over rim
and hold in place.
m. Remove short tire iron (12).

Change 1

4-58.7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
n. Hold tire iron (10) down and remove tire iron (11).
o. Insert tire iron (11) between bead and rim at another position on rim to
take another small bite of bead. Continue to hold tire iron (10) down and
lever tire iron (11) down across wheel (1) and tire (2) to raise more of
bead over rim.
p. Remove either tire iron (10 or 11) and repeat steps n and o until bead is
completely free of rim. Remove both tire irons.

4-58.8

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

q. Apply tire and rim lubricant to lower tire bead.
r. Insert straight end of long tire irons (10 and 11) between lower bead and rim
approximately 1 inch on each side of stem (6).
s. Scissors cross tire irons (10 and 11) and lever down across tire (2).

Change 1

4-58.9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
t. Bear down on long tire irons (10 and 11) to raise lower bead above rim.
Insert short tire iron (12) from underneath between long tire irons.
u. Lever short tire iron (12) up and bear down on long tire irons (10 and 11)
to separate lower bead from rim.
v. Remove tire irons (10, 11, and 12) and tire (2).
w. Remove flange nut (13) and valve stem (6). If necessary, remove grommet
(14).

4-58.10

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CLEANING
a. Remove all buildup of dirt, grease, and foreign material from wheel
using a stiff bristle brush.
b. Remove all foreign material from inside of tire. Clean bead area with
a stiff bristle brush.
INSPECTION
a. Inspect wheels for cracks, dents, deformed lug bolt holes, rust,
corrosion, marred paint, and distortion.
CAUTION
If mounting face of wheel is not flat or ball seats are damaged, do
not put wheel in service.
b. Inspect tires in accordance with TM 9-2610-200-14.
REPAIR
a. Repair tires in accordance with TM 9-2610-200-14.
b. Replace defective rims.

Change 1

4-58.11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
MOUNTING
CAUTION
If mounting face of wheel is not flat or ball seats are damaged, do
not put wheel in service.
NOTE
Tire mounting is a three-person operation.
a. If removed, install grommet (14) on rim. Install valve stem (6)
through valve hole, and seat valve stem base against rim. Install
flange nut (13) on stem.
b. Lubricate tire bead liberally with tire and rim lubricant.
c. Position tire (2) on wheel (1) at an angle so part of lower bead is
below wheel rim on side opposite valve stem.
d. Clamp locking jaw pliers (15) on rim directly opposite valve stem.
Pliers (15) will keep lower bead from coming over rim when mounting.
e. Insert curved end of long tire iron (10) between lower bead and rim
approximately 8 to 10 inches from position of locking jaw pliers (15).
f. Push down on tire (2) where pliers (15) are located and lever tire
iron (10) to force lower bead down over rim. Make sure that lower bead
at location of pliers (15) goes into groove in wheel rim.

4-58.12

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Change 1

4-58.13

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
g. Hold long tire iron (10) down in first position. Insert curved end of
second long tire iron (11) between bead and rim several inches from
first tire iron (10) and lever another bite of bead over rim.

4-58.14

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

h. Hold tire iron (11) down. Remove tire iron (10) and insert between bead and
rim on opposite side of locking jaw pliers (15). Lever tire iron (10) to
force another bite of bead over rim.
i. Repeat step h using tire irons (10 and 11) alternately and working toward
stem until entire bead is over rim. Remove locking jaw pliers (15) after
more than half of bead is over rim.
j. Apply tire and rim lubricant liberally around circumference of upper bead.

Change 1

4-58.15

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
k. Position tire (2) so part of upper bead is below rim on side opposite valve
stem. Clamp locking jaw pliers (15) on rim on side opposite valve stem.
l. Insert curved end of long tire iron (10) between upper bead and rim
approximately 10 to 12 inches from position of locking jaw pliers (15).
m. Push down on tire (2) where locking jaw pliers (15) are located and lever
tire iron (10) to force upper bead down over rim.

4-58.16

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

n. Hold tire iron (10) down. Insert curved end of other tire iron (11) between
bead and rim several inches from tire iron (10) and lever another bite of
bead down over rim.
o. Repeat step n using tire irons (10 and 11) alternately and working around
bead and rim until entire upper bead is down over rim.
p. Remove tire irons (10 and 11) and locking jaw pliers (15).

Change 1

4-58.17

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-26.1. WHEELS AND TIRES (CONT)
q. Remove hex nuts (9), flat washers (8), and hex bolts (7). Remove wheel (1)
and tire (2) from pedestal (5).
r. Inflate tire as follows:

CAUTION
Excessive pressure will damage tire internal structure.
NOTE
If tire beads do not seat during inflation, put a bead expander around
outside center of tire to compress tire and force beads to seat. If a
bead expander is not available, use load binder and chain. Apply
enough pressure on tire to lightly seal beads against rim.
(1)

Stand tire upright and hold while applying air. Applying body weight on
top of tire will usually seat tire beads and tire will inflate.

(2)

Inflate tire as follows:
Bias ply (highway)
Bias ply (off-road)
Radial (highway and off-road)

100 psi
65 psi
105 psi

END OF TASK

4-58.18

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section IX. MAINTENANCE OF STEERING
4-27. TOWBAR PIVOT
This task covers: a. Removal
b. Disassembly

c. Cleaning
d. Inspection

e. Assembly
f. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

General mechanics tool kit
Hydraulic jack (dolly type)

Equipment Condition

Materials/Parts

Towbar removed (para. 4-38)
Sway bars removed (para. 4-42)
Tie rod removed (para. 4-28)

Dry cleaning solvent (item 6, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Grease, GAA (item 7, appendix E)
MS15003 lubricating fitting (2)
Cotter pin

Change 1

4-59

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-27. TOWBAR PIVOT (CONT)

REMOVAL
a. Insert pin, without bushings, to support towbar pivot (1).
b. Remove four top nuts and disconnect air line from each front air bag (para.
4-39).
c. Disconnect leveling valve rods from both front leveling valves (remove bottom
nut and lockwasher only) (para. 4-40).
d. Disconnect lower ends of both front shock absorbers (para. 4-41).
e. Hoist up front of trailer deck to remove towbar pivot, but leave tires
touching ground.
________
WARNING
Pivot assembly is heavy. Remove carefully to avoid personal injury.
f. Remove towbar pivot (1) and jack stands.

4-60

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

DISASSEMBLY
a. Remove pin from towbar pivot (1) and remove pivot from towbar housing.
b. Remove screw (2), washer (3) and chain assembly (4).
c. Remove lock pin handle (5) and lock pin (6).

CLEANING
________

WARNING
Dry cleaning solvent (MIL-PRF-680, type I) is extremely flammable,
toxic, and is an irritant to the eyes, skin, and respiratory system. Do
not use near open flame or excessive heat. Do not breathe the vapors.
Use skin and eye protection and work in a well ventilated area. Flash
point of dry cleaning solvent is 140°F.
a. Remove all buildup of dirt, grease, and foreign matter from pivot bar
surfaces and holes and lock pin using wiping rags and dry cleaning solvent
(MIL-PRF-680, type I).
b. Apply light coat of grease to unpainted top part of pivot bar and lock pin.

INSPECTION
a. Visually inspect pivot bar holes and lock pin for cracks, corrosion, burrs
and pitting.
b. Repair or replace any defective parts.

ASSEMBLY
a. Install lock pin (6) and lock pin handle (5).
b. Install chain assembly (4), washer (3) and screw (2).

INSTALLATION
________

WARNING
Pivot assembly is heavy. Install carefully to avoid personal injury.
a. Raise trailer and remove jack stands.
b. Lower trailer to aline holes for sway bar. Install sway bar (para. 4-42).

Change 1

4-61

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-27. TOWBAR PIVOT (CONT)
c. Install towbar pivot (1) and insert pin without bushing through housing and
towbar pivot.
CAUTION
Do not damage brass couplings.
d. Aline and install four bolts in air bags and reconnect air lines.
e. Lower trailer and reconnect lower ends of both front shock absorbers (para.
4-41).
f. Reconnect leveling valve rods at both front leveling valves (para. 4-40).
g. Install towbar (para. 4-38).
h. Install tie rods (para. 4-28).
i. Lubricate in accordance with paragraphs 3-1 and 3-2.

END OF TASK

4-28. TIE RODS
This task covers: a. Removal b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

General mechanics tool kit

Clamp (4)
Nut (4)
Cotter pin (4)
Nut (4)

NOTE
There are two tie rods, which will be referred to in this procedure as
the short tie rod (1) and the long tie rod (2).
REMOVAL
a. Loosen, but do not remove, nuts (3) and holding clamps (4) on short tie rod
(1).

4-62

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. Remove cotter pins (5), nuts (6) and short tie rod (1) from assembly arm (7)
and towbar pivot (8).
c. Unscrew and remove short tie rod ends (9).
d. Remove clamps (4).
e. Loosen, but do not remove, nuts (10) holding clamps (11) on long tie rod (2).
f. Remove cotter pins (12), nuts (13) and long tie rod (2) from assembly arms
(7).
g. Unscrew and remove long tie rod ends (14).
h. Remove clamps (11).

INSTALLATION
a. Install clamps (11) on each end of long tie rod (2) (do not tighten).
b. Install tie rod ends (14) onto long tie rod (2).
c. Position clamps (11) and tighten nuts (10).

4-63

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-28. TIE RODS (CONT)
d. Install long tie rod (2) into curbside and streetside assembly arms (7).
e. Secure ends with nuts (13). Torque to 125 lb ft, tighten as required to aline
holes, and insert cotter pins (12).
f. Install clamps (4) on each end of short tie rod (1) (do not tighten).
g. Install tie rod ends (7) onto short tie rod (1).
h. Position clamps (4) and tighten nuts (3).
i. Install short tie rod (1) into streetside assembly arm (7) and towbar pivot
(8).
j. Secure ends with nuts (6). Torque to 125 lb ft, tighten as required to aline
holes, and insert cotter pins (5).

END OF TASK

4-29. STEERING ADJUSTMENT
This task covers: a. Long Tie Rod Adjustment
b. Short Tie Rod Adjustment

c. Four Wheel Alinement
d. Steering Stop Adjustment

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Personnel Required: 2

General mechanics tool kit
Pipe wrench
Tape measure, 50-foot
Torque wrench

NOTE
Inflate air bags to normal suspension height to avoid tracking error.
After front end suspension or tie rod installation, aline front axle to
ensure proper tracking of trailer and to avoid excessive tire wear.

LONG TIE ROD ADJUSTMENT
a. Center tow bar assembly (1) by alining the alinement grooves (2). Secure by
rotating lock pin handle (3) counterclockwise and inserting hitch pin (4).

4-64

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. Using a tape measure, measure from the outside to the outside of each front
tire-across front of trailer (Dimension A). Record distance.
c. Measure the back side of front tires from the outside to the outside
(Dimension B). Record distance.
NOTE
Front measurement (Dimension A) should be 1/4 to 1/8 inch less than
rear measurement (Dimension B).
d. Compare front and rear measurements.
e. If adjustment is necessary, at each end of long tie rod (5), loosen but do
not remove nut (6) holding clamp (7).
f. Adjust tie rod as necessary using pipe wrench to arrive at correct
measurement.
g. Tighten long tie rod clamp nuts (6).

4-65

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-29. STEERING ADJUSTMENT (CONT)

SHORT TIE ROD ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
The long tie rod adjustment must be performed before adjusting the
short tie rod (10).
a. Using a tape measure, measure from the outside of left tire to the lower
alinement groove (Dimension C). Record distance.
b. Measure from the outside of right tire to the same alinement groove
(Dimension D). Record distance.
NOTE
Alinement tolerance center-to-center from each wheel is ±3/16 inch.
c. If measurements are not the same, loosen nut (8) on clamp (9) on each end of
short tie rod (10). Do not remove nuts.
NOTE
To move left front tire toward center, lengthen short tie rod (10). To
move left front tire away from center, shorten short tie rod (10).
d. Turn short tie rod (10) until equal distance from each tire is achieved.
CAUTION
Be sure streetside tie rod clamp (7) is rotated 30 degrees as shown, to
allow clearance between the two tie rods (5 and 10).
e. Torque nuts (8) to 40-50 lb ft.

FOUR WHEEL ALINEMENT
a. Measure on streetside from rear bottom of outside torsion bar bracket to
front rear of outside shock bracket. Record distance.
b. Measure on curbside from rear bottom of outside torsion bar bracket to front
rear of outside shock bracket. Record distance.
c. The measurement of each side should be within 1/4 inch of each other. If not,
loosen torsion bar streetside eccentric nut and adjust to 1/4-inch tolerance.

4-66

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

STEERING STOP ADJUSTMENT
NOTE
The steering stop adjustment must be performed after adjustment of
short tie rod and long tie rod.
a. Turn towbar fully to streetside. If towbar contacts the frame or the tie rod
contacts suspension torsion bar, adjust steering stop as follows:
b. Measure gap between end of stop bolt (1) and contact point on axle.
c. With towbar centered, loosen hex jam nut (2) on steering stop bolt (1).
Rotate steering stop bolt (1) counterclockwise one turn for every 1/16-inch
gap, plus one turn.
d. Move towbar again to streetside. Verify a gap of 1/16 inch between tie rod
and torsion bar and a gap of at least 1/4 inch between towbar and frame.
Readjust as required.
e. Tighten jam nut (2), ensuring that stop bolt (1) does not rotate. Reverify
gap measurements.
f. Repeat this procedure for the curbside.

END OF TASK

4-67

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section X. MAINTENANCE OF FRAME AND TOWING COMPONENTS
4-30. FRAME
This task covers: a. Cleaning

b. Inspection

c. Repair

INITIAL SETUP
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)

CLEANING
Clean frame thoroughly using a stiff bristle brush and water to remove mud, and
cleaning compound to remove grease and oil.

INSPECTION
Inspect frame for marred paint, corrosion, cracks, breaks, broken welds, and other
damage.

REPAIR
a. If damage to frame is not too extensive, straighten member where possible.
Notify support maintenance to weld up cracks or broken welds.
b. Clean frame.

END OF TASK

4-68

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-31. BUMPERS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

General mechanics tool kit
Torque wrench, 3/8-inch drive, 0-150 lb ft

Lockwasher (4)

REMOVAL
Remove two hex nuts (1), lockwashers (2), capscrews (3) and flat washers (4) to
remove each of two bumpers (5) and spacing pads (6).

INSTALLATION
Install each bumper (5) and spacing pad (6) with two capscrews (3), flat washers
(4), lockwashers (2) and hex nut (1). Tighten hex nut to 72-78 lb ft.

END OF TASK

4-32. POD STOPS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit

4-69

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-32. POD STOPS (CONT)

REMOVAL
For each of four pod stops (1), remove three screws (2), nuts (3), screws (4), nuts
(3) and pod stop (1).

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Tiedown ring must be in the up position for pod stop installation.
Longer screws must be installed on the inboard side of pod stops.
Install each pod stop (1) and secure with three screws (2), nuts (3), screws (4)
and nuts (3).

END OF TASK

4-70

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-33. SPLASH GUARDS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (4 per guard)

REMOVAL
a. For rear splash guard, remove four nuts (1), lockwashers (2), screws (3),
washers (4), mounting bar (5) and splash guard (6).
b. For front splash guard, remove four nuts (7), lockwashers (8), washers (9),
mounting bar (10), splash guard (11) and four screws (12).

4-71

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-33. SPLASH GUARDS (CONT)

INSTALLATION
a. For front splash guard, install splash guard (11), four screws (12), mounting
bar (10), four washers (9), lockwashers (8) and nuts (7).
b. For rear splash guard, install splash guard (6), mounting bar (5), and four
screws (3), lockwashers (2), washers (4) and nuts (1).

END OF TASK

4-34. SAFETY CHAINS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Socket, 1-5/16-inch, 3/4-inch drive
Materials/Parts
Cotter pin (2)

REMOVAL
For each chain, remove cotter pin (1), pin (2) and shackle (3) with safety chain
(4). Slide shackle (3) from chain link.

4-72

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

INSTALLATION
Insert shackle (3) through end link on safety chain (4). Mount shackle (3) with
chain (4) to frame with pin (2). Insert cotter pin (1).

END OF TASK

4-35. STORAGE BOX COVER
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Repair

c. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
For new trailers only with serial numbers 2001 and up:
Portable electric drill 3/16-inch drill bit
Rivet gun kit
Materials/Parts
Adhesive (item 1, appendix E)
Corrosion preventive compound (item 5.1, appendix E)
Lock nut
Lock nut
Lockwasher (6)
Gasket (figure G-2)

Change 1

4-73

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-35. STORAGE BOX COVER (CONT)
REMOVAL
a. Remove six nuts (1), lockwashers (2), washers (3), screws (4), door assembly
(5), and mounting plate (6).
b. Remove lock nut (7), two washers (8), screw (9), and handle (10).
c. Remove lock nut (11), washer (12), screw (13), and padlock assembly (14).
d. If necessary, scrape two gaskets (15) and two gaskets (16) off rear of
trailer.

`

4-74

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

NOTE
Step e applies only to new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up.
e. To remove hinge from door assembly, perform either step (1) or alternate
procedure step (2):
(1)

Use portable drill to remove eight rivets (17); then, remove hinge (18)
from door assembly (5).

(2)

(Alternate Procedure) Remove eight nuts (17.1), lockwashers (17.2), and
screws (17.3); then, remove hinge (18) from door assembly (5).

REPAIR
a. Replace defective parts as required.
b. Refer to appendix G for fabrication instructions for gaskets (15 and 16).
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Step a applies only to new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up.
a. To install hinge to door assembly, perform either step (1) or alternate
procedure step (2):
(1)

Apply corrosion preventive compound to eight rivets (17) and to
surfaces where hinge (18) and door assembly (5) mate. Then, use rivet
gun to secure hinge (18) to door assembly (5) with eight rivets (17).

(2)

(Alternate Procedure) Secure hinge (18) to door assembly (5) with eight
screws (17.3), lockwashers (17.2), and nuts (17.1).

a.1. Apply adhesive to two gaskets (16) and two gaskets (15) and install on door
assembly (5).
b. Install padlock assembly (14) and secure with screw (13), washer (12), and
lock nut (11).
c. Install handle (10) and secure with screw (9), two washers (8), and lock nut
(7).
d. Install mounting plate (6) and door assembly (5) and secure with six screws
(4), washers (3), lockwashers (2), and nuts (1).

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-75

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-36. FIRE EXTINGUISHER BRACKET
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

Portable electric drill
1/4-inch drill bit
Rivet gun kit

Blind rivet (4)

REMOVAL
a. Remove fire extinguisher (1) from bracket (2).
b. Using portable drill, remove four rivets (3).
c. Remove bracket (2) from trailer frame.

INSTALLATION
a. Aline bracket (2) with holes in trailer frame.
b. Using rivet gun, secure bracket (2) to frame with four rivets (3).
c. Attach fire extinguisher (1) to bracket (2).

END OF TASK

4-76

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-37. FOLDABLE STEPS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

General mechanics tool kit

Lockwashers (2)

NOTE
The trailer has three foldable steps curbside front. One is mounted on
the front side panel and two are mounted on the front bulkhead. Each is
removed and installed in the same manner.
REMOVAL
Remove two nuts (1), lockwashers (2), bolts (3) and step (4).

INSTALLATION
Position step (4) and secure with two bolts (3), lockwashers (2) and nuts (1).

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-77

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-38. TOWBAR
This task covers: a. Removal
b. Disassembly

c. Assembly
d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

General mechanics tool kit
Suitable lifting device
(8-ton minimum capacity)
2-3/16-inch open end wrench
1-1/4-inch open end wrench
Brass hammer

Grease, GAA (item 7, appendix E)
Personnel Required: 3

REMOVAL
a. Remove two grease fittings (1) and two lock nuts (2).
CAUTION
Use a soft brass hammer or wood block to avoid damaging threads.
b. Turn towbar (3) full right (curbside). Using a soft hammer or wood block, tap
pin (4) until bushing (5) is driven out from opposite end of pin.
c. Turn towbar (3) fully in the opposite direction and repeat to remove other
bushing (5).
d. Remove cotter pin (6) and nut (7) from short tie rod (8) and disconnect end
of tie rod by tapping with brass hammer to allow towbar (3) to be moved
streetside to its fullest extent.
________

WARNING
Towbar (3) is heavy and requires three persons to safely remove it: two
persons to support towbar while one person removes pin (4).
Towbar pivot (9) is heavy and will fall when pin (4) is removed.
Support pivot before removing pin (4).
e. Remove pin (4) and towbar (3) from towbar pivot (8).

4-78

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

DISASSEMBLY
Remove four nuts (1), eight washers (2), four screws (3) and lunette (4) from
towbar (5).

ASSEMBLY
Install lunette (4) and secure with four screws (3), eight washers (2) and four
nuts (1).

4-79

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-38. TOWBAR (CONT)

INSTALLATION
a. Install towbar (3) and insert pin (4) through towbar (3), slot in pivot
housing and towbar pivot (9).
b. Install two bushings (5), making sure the flats aline with and go into slots
in pivot housing.
c. Install two nuts (2), tightening nuts (2) until shoulders on bushings (5)
seat firmly against towbar flange, then back off one-quarter turn.
d. Install two grease fittings (1). Grease until grease runs out of the
fittings.
e. Reconnect short tie rod (8) and install nut (7) and cotter pin (6).

END OF TASK

4-80

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section XI. MAINTENANCE OF SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS
4-39. AIR BAG SUSPENSION
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Suitable lifting device
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (8)
Equipment Condition
Air tanks drained
Lower end of leveling valve vertical control rod disconnected (para. 4-40)
Wheels chocked

NOTE
All four air bags are removed in a similar manner.
For front air bags, remove front splash guard first (para. 4-33).

4-81

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-39. AIR BAG SUSPENSION (CONT)

REMOVAL
a. Lift upper trailer deck high enough to remove tension from air bag (1).
________

WARNING
To avoid slippage of lifting device and personal injury, block up upper
trailer.
b. Block up upper trailer to prevent slippage of trailer lifting device.
c. Disconnect air hose (2) from suspension bracket (3).
d. Remove four bolts (4), lockwashers (5) and upper plate (6).
e. Remove four nuts (7) and lockwashers (8).
CAUTION
Remove air bag carefully to avoid tearing, ripping, or cutting of
rubber material.
f. Carefully remove air bag (1) from lower plate (9).

INSTALLATION
a. Ensure trailer deck is raised and properly blocked to keep tension off
suspension.
b. Install air bag (1), four lockwashers (8) and nuts (7) onto lower plate (9).
c. Install upper plate (6) onto air bag (1) and install four lockwashers (5) and
bolts (4) through suspension bracket (3) into air bag (1).
NOTE
For installation of front air bags, install front splash guards (para.
4-33).
d. Connect air hose (2).
e. Remove blocks and lower trailer deck.
f. Reconnect lower end of adjacent vertical leveling valve control rod (para.
4-40).

4-82

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

END OF TASK

4-40. LEVELING VALVES
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit

Air tanks drained

Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (6)
Lockwasher (6)

4-83

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-40. LEVELING VALVES (CONT)
NOTE
There are three leveling valves, two in front and one at the rear of
the trailer. They are mounted in a similar manner.
REMOVAL
a. Loosen screw (1) and remove leveling rod (2) from valve (3).
b. Tag and disconnect three tubes (4, 5 and 6) from leveling valve (3).
c. Remove nut (7) and lockwashers (8).
d. Remove two nuts (9), lockwashers (10), washers (11) and screws (12) from
leveling valve (3).

4-84

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

e. Remove leveling valve (3).
f. Remove three elbows (13, 14 and 15).

INSTALLATION
NOTE
Apply anti-seize tape to all pipe threads before connecting.
a. Install three elbows (15, 14 and 13).
b. Position leveling valve (3) and secure with two screws (12), washers (11),
lockwashers (10), and nuts (9).
c. Secure bottom connection with lockwashers (8) and nut (7).
d. Connect three tubes (6, 5 and 4).
e. With towing vehicle air supply connected to trailer, wait 2 minutes for
system to charge, and verify proper adjustment by measuring 57 inches from
the ground to the top of the trailer bulkhead (front or back). If bulkhead is
too high, proceed to step h. If bulkhead is too low, proceed to step i.
NOTE
When installing a new rear vertical control rod, cut it to the same
length as the one being replaced.
f. For the rear leveling valve only, slant the vertical control rod (16) forward
so the distance between center of remaining bolt on valve and the cotter pin
on upper clam is 10 +1/4 inches.

4-85

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-40. LEVELING VALVES (CONT)
g. For the two front leveling valves, install the “L”-shaped pivot on the air
bag mount so it points toward rear of trailer. Adjust linkage with air bags
inflated so the distance between retaining bolt on valve and the cotter pin
on upper clamp is 6 +1/4 inches.

h. Loosen lower clamp (17) and push leveling control rod (2) down until trailer
lowers; release leveling control rod (2) and allow it to center, then tighten
clamp (17).
i. Loosen lower clamp (17) and push leveling control rod (2) up until trailer
raises; release leveling control rod (2) and allow it to center, then tighten
clamp (17).
j. Repeat step h or i for all three leveling valves until proper height is
achieved.

4-86

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

END OF TASK

4-87

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-41. SHOCK ABSORBERS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Torque multiplier
Materials/Parts
Lock nut (8)
Bolt (8)
Brake chamber, air bag, and air hose caps
Equipment Condition
Wheels removed (para. 3-5)
Leveling valve linkage disconnected (para. 4-40)
Air drained
Sway bar removed (para. 4-42)

REMOVAL
a. Tag, disconnect, and remove air hoses from brake chambers and air bags. Cap
hoses, air bags, and brake chambers.
b. Jack up and block frame. Chock wheels.
c. Remove two lock nuts (1), two bolts (2) and shock (3) from each side of
vehicle.
d. Repeat for front or rear.

INSTALLATION
a. Aline shock (3).
b. Insert two bolts (2) and secure with two lock nuts (1). Torque to 140-150 lb
ft.

4-88

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

END OF TASK
4-42. SWAY BARS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Torque multiplier

Leveling valve linkage disconnected
(para. 4-40)
Air drained
Wheels chocked

Materials/Parts
Lock nut (4)
Bolt (4)
Brake chamber, air bag, and air hose caps

NOTE
Front and rear sway bars are similar and are mounted in the same
manner.

4-89

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-42. SWAY BARS (CONT)
REMOVAL
NOTE
Prior to removing sway bars, mark which is curbside and which is
streetside of sway bar. This will expedite reinstallation.
a. Tag, disconnect, and remove air hoses from brake chambers and air bags. Cap
hoses, air bags and brake chambers.
b. Jack up and block frame.
c. Remove two lock nuts (1) and bolts (2) from ends of sway bar (3). Remove sway
bar (3).

INSTALLATION
a. Aline sway bar (3) so previously marked curbside and streetside are correct.
b. Insert two bolts (2) and secure with two lock nuts (1). Torque to 650-680 lb ft.

END OF TASK

4-90

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section XII. MAINTENANCE OF BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL

4-43. SIDE PANELS
This task covers repair.

INITIAL SETUP
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)
Cotter pin (8)

REPAIR
a. If damage to side panel (1 or 2) is not too extensive, straighten member
where possible. Notify support maintenance to weld up cracks in broken welds.
b. Straighten bent hinge pins (3).
c. Straighten bent hitch pins (4).
d. Straighten bent bolt handles (5).
e. On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up only, remove cotter pin (6)
and pin (7) from side panel hinge (8). Install new pin (7) and cotter pin
(6).

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-91

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-44. FLOORBOARDS
This task covers: a. Inspection
b. Removal

c. Repair
d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Materials/Parts

Portable electric drill
Twist drill, No. J
Countersink
Screwdriver bit (item 6, appendix B)
Floor kit

Caulking compound (item 2, appendix E)
Caulking tape (item 16.1, appendix E)

INSPECTION
Inspect all floorboards (1) for breakage and warpage. Replace defective
floorboards.

REMOVAL
Remove torx screws as required to remove boards, starting with streetside or
curbside boards and working toward the board to be replaced.

4-92

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REPAIR
NOTE
Determine width of board available. It must be cut to match the length
of the board which has been removed.
On new trailers with serial numbers 2001 and up, select the proper
length replacement board. The only cutting necessary is for the
streetside or curbside boards. These boards will have to be cut
lengthwise to match the boards removed.

INSTALLATION
a. Place replacement floorboard in position on frame. Cut board to proper
length.
b. Remove board. Then, using a No. J drill bit (0.277-inch) and drill, bore
holes in floorboard to avoid previous mounting holes in frame. Countersink
holes.
CAUTION
Torx screws have sharp points which must be cut off and filed down if
they protrude, in order to avoid damage to air hoses or electrical
wiring.
c. If board lies over lowboy area, verify caulking tape is under screw holes.
Lay more tape if required.
d. Install torx screws as required to secure floorboard to frame. Heads of
screws should be below surface of boards. If points protrude below undersurface of deck, cut off and file down points, so that they are flush with
deck. Seal screws over lowboy with caulking compound prior to tightening.
e. Paint replacement floorboard.
f. Seal between floorboard and side rail, if necessary, with caulking compound.

END OF TASK

Change 1

4-93

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4-45. REFLECTORS
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Materials/Parts
Lockwasher (2)

NOTE
The trailer has four amber reflectors at the front, and four red
reflectors at the rear. Each is removed and installed in the same
manner.
REMOVAL
Remove two nuts (1), lockwashers (2), washers (3) and screws (4). Remove reflector
(5).

4-94

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

INSTALLATION
CAUTION
Do not over-tighten or reflector will crack.
Position reflector (5) and secure with two screws (4), washers (3), lockwashers (2)
and nuts (1).

END OF TASK

4-46. DATA PLATES
This task covers: a. Removal

b. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
General mechanics tool kit
Blind head riveter
Materials/Parts
Rivets

REMOVAL
Remove pop rivets to detach any defective identification plate, service/emergency
tag, instruction plate, lubrication plate, or certification plate.

INSTALLATION
Install identification plate, instruction plate, lubrication plate, service/
emergency tag, and certification plate with pop rivets.

END OF TASK

4-95/(4-96 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CHAPTER 5
DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

Overview ..............................................................
Repair Parts, Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment ..............
Maintenance of Miscellaneous Components ...............................
Preparation for Storage or Shipment....................................

Page
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-17

OVERVIEW
This chapter provides those tasks to be performed by the direct and general support
maintenance personnel. Included are references for repair parts, special tools,
TMDE, and support equipment. Also included are maintenance of the HEMAT
miscellaneous components and instructions for storage or shipment.

Section I.

REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

5-1. COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to the Table of Organization and
Equipment (TOE) or the modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE)
applicable to your unit.

5-2. SPECIAL TOOLS, TMDE, AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Refer to section III, appendix F, for special tools to support the M989A1 trailer.

5-3. REPAIR PARTS
Repair parts are listed and illustrated in appendix F of this manual.

5-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. MAINTENANCE OF MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS

5-4. FRONT AXLE
This task covers:

a. Removal
b. Disassembly

c. Cleaning
d. Inspection

e. Assembly
f. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Cutting torch
Hydraulic jack (2)
1-7/8-inch socket wrench
Socket wrench set
Torque multiplier
Open end wrench
Open end wrench
Open end wrench
Arc welder
Pinch bar
Sledge hammer

Leveling valve linkage disconnected
(para. 4-40)
Air drained
Front wheels removed (loosen nuts, raise
trailer, remove nuts and wheels)
Frame jacked up to remove weight from
axle, frame on blocks
Hydraulic jacks under axle, weight
supported

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)
Grease GAA (item 7, appendix E)
Lock nut (2)
Lock nut (2)
Lockwasher (8)
Lock ring
Lock ring
Industrial goggles
Brake chamber, air bag, and air hose caps
Teflon tape

REMOVAL
________

WARNING
Chock rear wheels.
CAUTION
Ensure wheels are facing straight ahead when raising and securing
towbar.

5-2

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

NOTE
If an axle is to be removed for replacement or repair, remove axle and
suspension together and disassemble after removal.
a. Tag, disconnect, and remove hoses from brake chambers. Cap brake chamber,
hoses and air bags.
b. Remove two lock nuts (1) and bolts (2) from sway bar (3). (Mark streetside
and curbside for ease of replacement.) Remove sway bar (3).

5-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-4. FRONT AXLE (CONT)
c. Remove two lock nuts (4) and shock bolts (5) from each side of vehicle, and
remove shock absorbers (6).
d. Remove four bolts (7) and lockwashers (8) from air bags on both sides of
vehicle. Remove air bag plates.
e. Disconnect short tie rod (para. 4-28). Tie off leveling valve rods.
CAUTION
Be careful when cutting off lock rings to prevent damage to frame
and/or air lines.
f. Using an Oxy-Acetylene cutting torch, remove welds on suspension hanger bolt
lock rings (9 and 10).
g. Lower axle to the ground and remove jacks.
h. Mark location of arrow on head of bolt (11) on streetside of vehicle.
i. Remove curbside hanger bolt (12) using an impact wrench.
NOTE
Do not try to rotate the streetside hanger bolt with the impact wrench.
The nut must be rotated.
j. Remove nut (13) and clamping plate (14) from streetside hanger bolt (11)
using an impact wrench.
k. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (11) as required to bring arrow stamped on the
head straight up. Drive out bolt (11) using a drift punch.
________

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
l. Drive both torsion bars (15) down, out of hangers (16 and 17) and remove two
spacers (18).
m. Roll axle (19) out from under vehicle.

5-4

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

DISASSEMBLY
________

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive bolts out of axle assembly due to their
tight fit. Use a drift pin and mallet or hydraulic jack blocked against
brake drum flange.
a. Jack up axle and block up.
b. Remove nuts (20) and bolts (21) from axle assembly (19).
c. Remove torsion bars (15).
d. Remove hubs and drums (para. 4-26).
e. Remove tie rods (para. 4-28).
f. Remove brakes, camshafts and slack adjusters (para. 4-16, 4-17 and 4-18).
g. Remove brake air chambers (para. 4-20).

CLEANING
Clean axle thoroughly, using a brush and water to remove mud and cleaning compound
to remove grease and oil. Wipe off.

INSPECTION
Inspect axle for cracks, broken or distorted brackets and pads, corrosion or other
damage.

ASSEMBLY
a. Install brake air chambers (para. 4-20).
b. Remove slack adjusters, camshafts, and brakes (para. 4-18, 4-17 and 4-16).
c. Remove hubs and drums (para. 4-26).

5-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-4. FRONT AXLE (CONT)
d. Install tie rods (para. 4-28).
e. Install torsion bars (15) into axle (19) with two bolts (21) and nuts (20).
f. Apply a light coat of grease to bolts (21) and install into axle (19).
g. Install nuts (20) onto bolts (21). Torque bolts to 800-1000 lb ft.

INSTALLATION
a. Slide axle assembly (19) under frame of trailer.
b. Apply a coat of grease to hanger bolts (11 and 12) and spacer washers (18).
c. Install spacer washers (18) onto torsion bars (15).
d. Using three people and two hydraulic jacks, push both torsion bars into
hangers (17 and 16) from the underside. Aline holes using a drift pin or
alinement pin.
CAUTION
Stamped arrow bolt must be used on streetside.
e. Install eccentric bolt (11) into streetside hanger (16) with stamped arrow
pointing straight up. Attach clamping plate (14) and nut (13) to streetside
bolt, but do not torque at this time. Ensure clamping plate is clear of all
debris.
f. Install curbside bolt (12) into hanger (17) by screwing bolt (12) in with an
impact wrench.
g. Raise axle to frame.
h. Check curbside and streetside markings and install sway bar with two bolts
(2) and nuts (1). Torque bolts to 650-680 lb ft.
i. On each side, install four lockwashers (8) and bolts (7) onto air bags and
torque to 15-20 lb ft.
j. Install each shock with two bolts (5) and nuts (4) and torque to 140-150 lb
ft.
k. Connect leveling valve linkage (para. 4-40).
l. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (11) to aline arrow with mark on frame.

5-6

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

NOTE
Do not allow streetside bolt to rotate while torquing.
m. Torque streetside hanger nut (13) to 740-750 lb ft.
n. Torque curbside hanger bolt (12) to 740-750 lb ft.
o. Install short tie rod (para. 4-28). Install leveling valve rod (para. 4-40).
p. Weld new lock rings (9 and 10) onto hanger bolts (11 and 12).
q. Install wheels (para. 3-5).
r. Apply anti-seize tape to threads and reconnect air hoses to brake chambers
and air bags.

END OF TASK

5-5. TORSION BARS
This task covers:

a. Removal
b. Cleaning

c. Inspection
d. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Torque wrench
Cutting torch
Impact wrench
Hydraulic jack (2)
Drift punch
Assembly tool (figure G-3)
(for rear streetside)

Sway bar removed (para. 4-42)
Shocks removed (para. 4-41)
Air bag removed (para. 4-39)
Tie rods removed (front only)
(para. 4-28)
Axle removed (front or rear)
(para. 5-4, 5-6)

Materials/Parts
Hanger bolt lock ring (4)

NOTE
Front and rear torsion bars are identical. Front installation is shown.

5-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-5. TORSION BARS (CONT)
CAUTION
Use caution when cutting off lock ring (1 and 2) welds to prevent
damage to frame and/or air lines.
a. Using an Oxy-Acetylene torch, remove welds on suspension hanger bolt lock
rings (1 and 2).
b. Jack up frame to remove weight from axle (3) and block up frame.
c. Place jack stand under torsion bar (4) and lower axle (3) to the ground.
d. Mark location of arrow on head of bolt (5) on streetside of vehicle.
e. Remove curbside hanger bolt (6) using impact wrench.
CAUTION
Do not try to rotate the streetside hanger bolt (5) with the impact
wrench. The nut (7) must be rotated.
f. Remove nut (7) and clamping plate (8) from streetside hanger bolt (5), using
an impact wrench.
g. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (5), as required, to bring arrow stamped on the
head straight up. Drive out bolt (5) using a drift punch.
________

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
h. Drive both torsion bars (4) down, out of hangers (9 and 10). Remove spacers
(11).
i. Replace jack stand with wooden blocks to support frame.
j. Roll axle (3) and torsion bars (4) out from under vehicle.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive bolts (13) out of axle assembly (3) due to
tight fit. Use a drift pin and mallet or hydraulic jack blocked against
brake drum flange.
k

Remove four nuts (12) and four bolts (13) from axle assembly (3).

l. Remove torsion bars (4).

5-8

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

CLEANING
Clean torsion bars using a brush and water to remove mud and cleaning compound to
remove grease and oil. Wipe off.

INSPECTION
Inspect torsion bars for cracks, corrosion or other damage.

5-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-5. TORSION BARS (CONT)

INSTALLATION
a. Install torsion bars (4) into axle (3).
b. Apply a light coat of grease to two bolts (13) and install bolts (13) into
axle (3).
c. Install two nuts (12) onto bolts (13). Using an impact wrench and torque
wrench, torque bolts (13) to 800-1000 lb ft.
d. Roll axle assembly (3) under frame of trailer.
e. Apply a coat of grease to hanger bolts (6 and 5) and spacers (11).
f. Install spacers (11) onto torsion bars (4).
g. Using three people and a hydraulic jack, push both torsion bars (4) into
hangers (10 and 9) from the underside. Aline holes using a drift pin or
alinement pin.
CAUTION
Stamped arrow bolt (5) must be used on streetside hanger (9).
h. Install eccentric bolt (5) into streetside hanger (9) with stamped arrow
pointing straight up. Attach clamping plate (8) and nut (7) to streetside
bolt (5) but do not torque at this time.
i. Install curbside bolt (6) into hanger (10) by screwing in bolt (6) with an
impact wrench.
j. Raise axle to frame.
k. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (5) to aline arrow with mark on frame.
NOTE
Do not allow streetside bolt (5) to rotate while torquing.
l. Torque streetside hanger nut (7) to 740-750 lb ft.
m. Torque curbside hanger bolt (6) to 740-750 lb ft.
n. Weld new lock rings (1 and 2) onto hanger bolts (5 and 6).

END OF TASK

5-10

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-6. REAR AXLE
This task covers:

a. Removal
b. Disassembly

c. Cleaning
d. Inspection

e. Assembly
f. Installation

INITIAL SETUP
Tools

Equipment Condition

General mechanics tool kit
Cutting torch
Hydraulic jack (2)
1-7/8-inch socket wrench
Socket wrench set
Torque multiplier
Open end wrench
Open end wrench
Open end wrench
Arc welder
Pinch bar
Sledge hammer
Assembly tool (figure G-3)
(rear streetside torsion bar)

Rear wheels removed (loosen nuts, raise
trailer, remove nuts and wheels)
Leveling valve linkage disconnected
(para. 4-40)
Air drained
Frame jacked up to remove weight from
axle, frame on blocks
Hydraulic jacks under axle, weight
supported

Materials/Parts
Anti-seize tape (item 16, appendix E)
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)
Grease GAA (item 7, appendix E)
Lock nut (2)
Lock nut (2)
Lockwasher (8)
Lock ring
Lock ring
Industrial goggles
Brake chamber, air bag, and air hose caps
Teflon tape

REMOVAL
________

WARNING
Chock front wheels.
NOTE
If an axle is to be removed for replacement or repair, remove axle and
suspension together and disassemble after removal.
a. Tag, disconnect, and remove hoses from brake chambers and air bags. Cap brake
chamber, hoses and air bags.

5-11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-6. REAR AXLE (CONT)
b. Remove lock nut (1) and bolt (2) from sway bar (3). (Mark streetside and
curbside for ease of replacement.) Remove sway bar (3) from axle mount. On
frame end, remove nut (1) and move bolt (2) back. Tie up axle end of sway bar
(3).
c. Remove two lock nuts (4) and shock bolts (5) from each side of vehicle, and
remove shock absorbers (6).
d. Remove four bolts (7) and lockwashers (8) from air bags on both sides of
vehicle. Remove air bag plates.
CAUTION
Be careful when cutting off lock rings to prevent damage to frame
and/or air lines.
e. Using an Oxy-Acetylene cutting torch, remove welds on suspension hanger bolt
lock rings (9 and 10).
f. Lower axle to the ground and remove jacks.
g. Mark location of arrow on head of bolt (11) on streetside of vehicle.
h. Remove curbside hanger bolt (12) using an impact wrench.
NOTE
Do not try to rotate the streetside hanger bolt with the impact wrench.
The nut must be rotated.
i. Remove nut (13) and clamping plate (14) from streetside hanger bolt (11)
using an impact wrench.
j. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (11) as required to bring arrow stamped on the
head straight up. Drive out bolt (11) using a drift punch.
________

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
k. Drive both torsion bars (15) down, out of hangers (16 and 17), and remove two
spacers (18).
l. Roll axle (19) out from under vehicle.

5-12

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-13

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-6. REAR AXLE (CONT)

DISASSEMBLY
________

WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of torsion bars.
NOTE
It may be necessary to drive bolts out of axle assembly due to their
tight fit. Use a drift pin and mallet or hydraulic jack blocked against
brake drum flange.
a. Jack up axle and block up.
b. Remove nuts (20) and bolts (21) from axle assembly (19).
c. Remove torsion bars (15).
d. Remove hubs and drums (para. 4-26).
e. Remove tie rods (para. 4-28).
f. Remove brakes, camshafts and slack adjusters (para. 4-16, 4-17 and 4-18).
g. Remove brake air chambers (para. 4-20).

CLEANING
Clean axle thoroughly, using a brush and water to remove mud and cleaning compound
to remove grease and oil. Wipe off.

INSPECTION
Inspect axle for cracks, broken or distorted brackets and pads, corrosion or other
damage.

ASSEMBLY
a. Install brake air chambers (para. 4-20).
b. Remove slack adjusters, camshafts, and brakes (para. 4-18, 4-17 and 4-16).
c. Remove hubs and drums (para. 4-26).
d. Install torsion bars (15) into axle (19) with two bolts (21) and nuts (20).
e. Apply a light coat of grease to bolts (21) and install into axle (19).
f. Install nuts (20) onto bolts (21). Torque bolts to 800-1000 lb ft.

5-14

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

INSTALLATION
a. Slide axle assembly (19) under frame of trailer.
b. Apply a coat of grease to hanger bolts (12 and 11) and spacer washers (18).
c. Install spacer washers (18) onto torsion bars (15).
d. Using three people and two hydraulic jacks, push both torsion bars into
hangers (17 and 16) from the underside. Aline holes using a drift pin or
alinement pin.
CAUTION
Stamped arrow bolt must be used on streetside.
e. Install eccentric bolt (11) into streetside hanger (16) with stamped arrow
pointing straight up. Attach clamping plate (14) and nut (13) to streetside
bolt, but do not torque at this time. Ensure clamping plate is clear of all
debris.
f. Install curbside bolt (12) into hanger (17) by screwing bolt (12) in with an
impact wrench.
g. Raise axle to frame.
h. Check curbside and streetside markings and install sway bar with two bolts
(2) and nuts (1). Torque bolts to 650-680 lb ft using torque wrench and
extender.
i. On each side, install four lockwashers (8) and bolts (7) onto air bags and
torque to 15-20 lb ft.
j. Install each shock with two bolts (5) and nuts (4) and torque to 140-150 lb
ft.
k. Connect rear center leveling valve linkage (para. 4-40).
l. Rotate streetside hanger bolt (11) to aline arrow with mark on frame.
NOTE
Do not allow streetside bolt to rotate while torquing.
m. Torque streetside hanger nut (13) to 740-750 lb ft.
n. Torque curbside hanger bolt (12) to 740-750 lb ft.
o. Weld new lock rings (9 and 10) onto hanger bolts (11 and 12).
p. Install wheels (para. 3-5).

END OF TASK

5-15

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-6. REAR AXLE (CONT)
q. Remove caps and reconnect air hoses to brake chambers.
r. Apply anti-seize tape to threads and reconnect air hoses to brake chambers
and air bags.

END OF TASK
5-7. BRAKE DRUMS
This task covers:

a. Inspection

b. Repair

INITIAL SETUP
Tools
Brake drum lathe
Materials/Parts
Cleaning compound (item 3, appendix E)
Wiping rag (item 12, appendix E)

INSPECTION
a. Inspect machined surface texture of drum for grooves, cuts, scoring, surface
cracks and out-of-roundness.
b. Measure inner diameter of drum. If inside diameter of drum is greater than
16.620 inches, replace it. If inside diameter is less than 16.620 inches, and
any defects are found, drum must be turned (machined).

5-16

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

REPAIR
a. Install drum on lathe and turn drum, as required, until a smooth finish can
be obtained. If, after a series of attempts, a smooth finish cannot be
obtained, discard drum.
b. If a smooth finish is obtained, remeasure inside diameter. If inside diameter
exceeds 16.620 inches, discard drum and replace.
c. If a smooth finish is obtained and maximum inside diameter is less than
16.620 inches, drum is repaired.

END OF TASK

Section III.

PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT

5-8. PREPARATION FOR STORAGE
a. Open drain cocks on all three air tanks on the trailer (para. 4-22).
b. Cage rear brake air chambers (para. 3-6).
c. Perform complete lubrication (para. 3-2).
d. Reduce tire pressure to 20 psi (cold).

END OF TASK

5-9. PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
a. Open drain cocks on all three air tanks on the trailer (para. 4-22).
b. Cage rear brake air chambers (para. 3-6).
c. Perform complete lubrication (para. 3-2).
d. Reduce tire pressure to 20 psi (cold).

END OF TASK

5-17

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

5-10. PREPARATION FOR USE AFTER STORAGE
a. On bias tires, inflate tires to 100 psi (cold) (65 psi for off-road use).
a.1. On radial tires, inflate tires to 105 psi.
b. Close all three air tank drain cocks.
c. Uncage brake air chambers (para. 3-6).
d. Perform operator/crew and unit preventive maintenance services.

END OF TASK

5-18

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX A
REFERENCES

A-1. PUBLICATION INDEXES AND GENERAL REFERENCES
Indexes should be consulted frequently for latest changes or revisions of
references given in this appendix and for new publications relating to material
covered in this publication.
a. Military Publication Indexes.
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Forms...................... DA PAM 25-30
b. General References.
How to Prepare and Conduct Military Training................................ FM 21-6
Military Symbols........................................................... FM 21-30

A-2. FORMS
Refer to DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS), for
instructions on the use of maintenance forms pertaining to the material.

A-3. OTHER PUBLICATIONS
The following publications contain information pertinent to the major item material
and associated equipment.
a. Camouflage.
Camouflage.................................................................. FM 5-20
b. Decontamination.
Chemical, Biological, and Radiological (CBR) Decontamination............... TM 3-220
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical Defense.................................. FM 21-40
c. General.
Basic Cold Weather Manual.................................................. FM 31-70
Manual for Wheeled Vehicle Driver......................................... FM 21-305
Driver Selection and Training (Wheeled Vehicles).......................... FM 21-300
Northern Operations........................................................ FM 31-71
Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Material in Cold
Weather (0°F to -65°F) ................................................... FM 9-207
Procedures for Destruction of Tank Automotive Equipment to Prevent
Enemy Use............................................................ TM 750-244-6
Visual Signals............................................................. FM 21-60

A-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

A-3. OTHER PUBLICATIONS (CONT)
d. Maintenance and Repair.
Operator, Unit, Direct Support, and General Support Care,
Maintenance, Repair, and Inspection of Pneumatic Tires
and Inner Tubes.................................................. TM 9-2610-200-14
Description, Use, Bonding Techniques, and Properties of
Adhesives............................................................. TB ORD 1032
Inspection, Care, and Maintenance of Antifriction Bearings................. TM 9-214
Materials Used for Cleaning, Preserving, Abrading, and
Cementing Ordnance Material and Related Materials
Including Chemicals...................................................... TM 9-247
Welding Theory and Application............................................. TM 9-237
Tool Outfit, Hydraulic Systems Test and Repair (HSTRU)............. TM 9-4940-468-14
Ammunition and Explosives Standards................................... TM 9-1300-206

A-2

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX B
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

Section I. INTRODUCTION
B-1. GENERAL
a. This section provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair
functions authorized at various maintenance categories.
b. The Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in section II designates overall
responsibility for the performance of maintenance functions on the identified end
item or component. The implementation of the maintenance functions upon the end
item or component will be consistent with the assigned maintenance functions.
c. Section III lists the special tools and test equipment required for each
maintenance function as referenced from section II.
d. Section IV contains supplemental instructions and explanatory notes for a
particular maintenance function.

B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS
Maintenance functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
a. Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its
physical, mechanical and/or electrical characteristics with established standards
through examination.
b. Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical or electrical
characteristics of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed
standards.
c. Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating
condition, i.e., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to
drain, to paint or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical fluids or gases.
d. Adjust. To maintain, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or
exact position or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
e. Aline. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about
optimum or desired performance.
f. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on
instruments or test, measuring and diagnostic equipments used in precision
measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments, one of which is a
certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the
accuracy of the instrument being compared.

B-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

B-2. MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS (CONT)
g. Install. The act of emplacing, seating or fixing into position an item, part
or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an
equipment or system.
h. Replace. The act of substituting a serviceable like type part, subassembly,
or module (component or assembly) for an unserviceable counterpart.
i. Repair. The application of maintenance services1 or other maintenance actions2
to restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault,
malfunction or failure in a part, subassembly, module (component or assembly), end
item or system.
j. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) necessary to restore an
item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as prescribed by maintenance
standards in appropriate technical publications (i.e., DMWR). Overhaul is normally
the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally
return an item to like new condition.
k. Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of
unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original
manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of materiel maintenance
applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to
zero those age measurements (hours/miles, etc.) considered in classifying Army
equipments/components.

B-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE MAC, SECTION II
a. Column 1, Group Number. Column 1 lists group numbers, the purpose of which is
to identify components, assemblies, subassemblies and modules with the next higher
assembly.
b. Column 2, Component/Assembly. Column 2 contains the names of components,
assemblies, subassemblies and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
c. Column 3, Maintenance Function. Column 3 lists the functions to be performed
on an item listed in Column 2. (For detailed explanation of these functions, see
paragraph B-2.)
d. Column 4, Maintenance Category. Column 4 specifies, by the listing of a work
time figure in the appropriate subcolumn(s), the category of maintenance authorized
to perform the function listed in Column 3. This figure represents the active time
required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated category of
maintenance. If the number or complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance
function vary at different maintenance categories, appropriate work time figures
will be shown for each category.
_______________
1 Services--inspect, test, service, adjust, aline, calibrate or replace.
2

B-2

Actions--welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, remachining or
resurfacing.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

The work time figure represents the average time required to restore an item
(assembly, subassembly, component, module, end item or system) to a serviceable
condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation
time, troubleshooting time and quality assurance/quality control time in addition
to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for the maintenance
functions authorized in the maintenance allocation chart. The symbol designations
for the various maintenance categories are as follows:
C......................
O......................
F......................
H......................
D......................

Operator or crew
Unit maintenance
Direct support maintenance
General support maintenance
Depot maintenance

e. Column 5, Tools and Equipment. Column 5 specifies, by code, those common tool
sets (not individual tools) and special tools, TMDE and support equipment required
to perform the designated function.
f. Column 6, Remarks. This column shall, when applicable, contain a letter code,
in alphabetic order, which shall be keyed to the remarks contained in section IV.

B-4. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS,
SECTION III
a. Column 1, Reference Code. The tool and test equipment reference code
correlates with a code used in the MAC, Section II, Column 5.
b. Column 2, Maintenance Category. The lowest category of maintenance authorized
to use the tool or test equipment.
c. Column 3, Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
d. Column 4, National Stock Number. The National Stock Number of the tool or
test equipment.
e. Column 5, Tool Number. The manufacturer's part number.

B-5. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN REMARKS
a. Column 1, Reference Code. The code recorded in column 6, Section II.
b. Column 2, Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance
function being performed as indicated in the MAC, Section II.

B-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART
(1)

(2)

(3)

Group
Number

Component/Assembly

Maintenance
Function

06

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

0609

LIGHTS
LIGHTS

0613

10

FRONT AXLE

1000

FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY
AXLE ASSEMBLY

.1

(6)

Tools and
Equipment

Remarks

D

.2
.1
.3

7

INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR

INSPECT
REPLACE
SERVICE

.2

.3
.3
.1

7,26
7,26

1.0
9.0
.2

7,19
5,8,12,23
1,3,7,8,11,
12,15,16,17,
18,20,23,27,
28,29,30,31,
32,33,34,35,
36,37,38,39

STEERING AND LEANING
WHEEL MECHANISM
KING PIN

11

REAR AXLE

1100

REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY
AXLE ASSEMBLY

12

BRAKES

1202

SERVICE BRAKES
SERVICE BRAKE ASSY

REPLACE

1.0

INSPECT
REPLACE

1.0

INSPECT
ADJUST
REPLACE
REPAIR

B-4

Maintenance Category
Unit
C
O
F
H

(5)

HULL OR CHASSIS
WIRING HARNESS
HARNESS, WIRING

1004

REPAIR
INSPECT
REPLACE

(4)

1,3,7,8,11,
12,15,16,17,
18,20,23,42

6.0

1,5,7,11,15,
17,18,20,27,
28,29,30,31,
32,33,34,35,
36,37,38,39

.1
.5
2.2
1.9

3,7,25
3,7,11,15,17,
18,20
3,7,11,15,17,
18,20

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

(2)

(3)

Group
Number

Component/Assembly

Maintenance
Function

1206

(6)

Tools and
Equipment

Remarks

D

INSPECT
REPLACE

.5
1.4

3,7
3,7,17,18,20

CAMSHAFT ASSEMBLY

REPLACE
SERVICE

1.0
.2

3,7,17,18,20

ADJUST
REPLACE
SERVICE

.1
.5
.2

AIR CLEANER

INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR

.1
.5
.5

7
7,12

BRAKE AIR CHAMBER

REPLACE

.5

7

AIR HOSE & FITTINGS

REPLACE
REPAIR

.5
1.0

7

AIR RESERVOIRS

SERVICE
REPLACE

MECHANICAL BRAKE
SYSTEM

7,11

AIR BRAKE SYSTEM

.2

7
.9

VALVE, RELAY

REPLACE

.5

2,7

VALVE, BRAKE CNTRL

REPLACE

.7

7

MULTIFUNCTION VALVE

REPLACE

.8

7

13

WHEEL AND TRACKS

1311

WHEEL ASSEMBLY
WHEEL ASSEMBLY

REPLACE

HUB AND DRUM

INSPECT
REPLACE

1.7
2.4

REPAIR

1.0

ADJUST
SERVICE
INSPECT
REPLACE

.8
2.4
.3
1.4

BEARINGS

1313

Maintenance Category
Unit
C
O
F
H

(5)

BRAKE SHOE ASSEMBLY

SLACK ADJUSTER

1208

(4)

.7

7

1.6

3,7,17,18,20
3,4,7,17,18,
20
3,4,7,17,18,
20
3,18
3,7,17,18,20
3,4,7,11,17,
18,20

TIRES, TUBES, TIRE
CHAINS
TIRES

SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR

.2
2.5
.8

7
7
7

B-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

(2)

(3)

Group
Number

Component/Assembly

Maintenance
Function

14

STEERING

1401

MECHANICAL STEERING
GEAR ASSEMBLY
PIVOT ASSEMBLY

TIE RODS

15

FRAME TOWING ATTACHMENT AND DRAWBARS

1501

FRAME ASSEMBLY

1503

Maintenance Category
Unit
C
O
F
H

.2

SERVICE
ADJUST
REPLACE

.2

(5)

(6)

Tools and
Equipment

Remarks

D

3.0
3.0
.6

1,3,7,13,14
3,7,39

.2
1.5
1.5

7
1,3,7,13,18

2.0
.3

3,7,17,18,20
7,9,10,21,22

FRAME

INSPECT
REPAIR

BUMPERS

REPLACE

.1

7,15

POD STOPS

REPLACE

.2

6,7

SPLASH GUARD

REPLACE

.1

7

SAFETY CHAIN

REPLACE

.2

18

STORAGE BOX COVER

REPAIR

.5

7

FIRE EXTINGUISHER
BRACKET

REPLACE

.2

21,22

FOLDABLE STEPS

REPLACE

.1

7

PINTLES AND TOWING
ATTACHMENTS
TOWBAR ASSEMBLY

16

SPRINGS AND SHOCK
ABSORBERS

1601

SPRINGS
AIR BAG SUSPENSION

LEVELING VALVES

B-6

SERVICE
REPLACE
REPAIR

(4)

INSPECT
REPLACE
SERVICE

INSPECT
REPLACE
REPLACE

.1
.4

7,13,14,40,41

.2

.1

.2
1.3
.5

3,7
7

A

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

(2)

(3)

Group
Number

Component/Assembly

Maintenance
Function

1604

(6)

Tools and
Equipment

Remarks

D

INSPECT
REPLACE

.1
.3

7,23,32

.5

7,32

TORQUE, RADIUS, AND
STABILIZER RODS
SWAY BARS

REPLACE

TORSION BARS

REPLACE

18

BODY CAB HOOD AND
HULL

1801

BODY CAB HOOD AND
HULL ASSEMBLIES
SIDE PANELS

1805

Maintenance Category
Unit
C
O
F
H

(5)

SHOCK ABSORBER
EQUIPMENT
SHOCK ABSORBERS

1605

(4)

3.7

SERVICE
INSPECT
REPLACE
REPAIR

.2
.1

INSPECT
REPLACE

.2

7,20,33

.2
.2

A

FLOORS SUBFLOORS AND
RELATED COMPONENTS
FLOORBOARDS

10.0

6,7,22

2202

REFLECTORS

REPLACE

.1

7

2210

DATA PLATES

REPLACE

.3

7,21

B-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III. TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Reference
Code

Maintenance
Category

Nomenclature

National Stock
Number

Tool

B-8

1

O,F

TIE ROD SEPARATOR

A203

2

O

WRENCH, STRAP

BT-BS-601

3

O,F

STANDS, JACK

SW25482

4

O,F

ARBOR PRESS TOOL

YA621

5

F

JACK, TRANSMISSION

YA876

6

O,F

TORX DRIVER SET

212FTXY

7

O,F

TOOL KIT MECH

4910-00-754-0650

-

8

F

KING PIN PRESS

4910-00-125-7906

-

9

O

DRIFT, PUNCH

5110-00-234-1949

-

10

O

SCRAPER

5110-01-017-9440

-

11

O,F

PULLER

5120-00-030-7942

-

12

O, F

RACHET

5120-00-221-7968

-

13

O

PLIER

5120-00-223-7396

-

14

O

WRENCH 2”

5120-00-224-3109

-

15

O,F

SOCKET 15/16

5120-00-243-7343

-

16

F

SOCKET 11/16

5120-00-243-7346

-

17

0,F

WRENCH 2-3/4

5120-00-293-0674

-

18

C,O,F

PLIERS, DIA CUT

5120-00-537-3375

-

19

O

MIRROR, INSPECTION

5120-00-618-6901

-

20

O,F

DRIFT, PUNCH

5120-01-007-8364

-

21

O

RIVET PNEUMATIC

5130-00-595-8339

-

22

O

DRILL, ELEC 3/8

5130-00-935-7354

-

23

F

SOCKET 2-1/16

5130-01-166-6465

-

24

O

TK-101/G TOOL KIT

5180-00-064-5178

-

25

O

GAGE, FEELER

5210-00-131-9005

-

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

Reference
Code

Maintenance
Category

Nomenclature

National Stock
Number

Tool

26

0

TOOL KIT, ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR REPAIR

5180-00-876-9336

-

27

F

WRENCH, OPEN END

5120-00-184-8739

-

28

F

WRENCH, OPEN END

5120-00-449-8171

-

29

F

WRENCH, OPEN END

5120-00-081-9100

-

30

F

WRENCH, SOCKET 1-7/8

5130-00-227-5053

-

31

F

WRENCH, SOCKET SET

5120-00-081-2309

-

32

O,F

MULTIPLIER, TORQUE

5120-01-122-9393

-

33

F

TORCH, CUTTING

-

34

F

WELDER, ARC

-

35

F

JACK STANDS (4 EA)

7910-00-251-8013

-

36

F

BAR, PINCH

5120-00-224-1384

-

37

F

HAMMER HAND, SLEDGE

5120-00-900-6097

-

38

F

GOGGLES, INDUSTRIAL

4240-00-269-7912

-

39

O,F

JACK, DOLLY TYPE

4910-00-289-7233

-

40

O

WRENCH, OPEN END
2-3/16

5120-00-293-1531

-

41

O

WRENCH, OPEN END 1-1/4

5120-00-277-2322

-

42

O

INSERTER, BEARING AND
BUSHING

5120-01-296-3099

-

43

O

TIRE IRON, 52 INCH

5120-01-170-5008

34847

44

O

TIRE IRON, 36 INCH

5120-00-177-6793

T46B

45

O

HAMMER, CROSS PEEN,
3 LB

5120-00-900-6103

-

Change 1

B-9

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section IV. REMARKS
(1)

(2)

Reference Code

Remarks

A

B-10

MAINTENANCE LEVEL DEPENDS ON EXTENT OF REPAIR

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX C
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LISTS

Section I. INTRODUCTION
C-1. SCOPE
This appendix lists components of end item and basic issue items for the trailer to
help you inventory items required for safe and efficient operation.

C-2. GENERAL
The Components of End Item and Basic Issue Items Lists are divided into the
following sections:
a. Section II. Components of End Item. This listing is for informational
purposes only, and is not authority to requisition replacements. These items are
part of the end item, but are removed and separately packaged for transportation or
shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever
it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished
to assist you in identifying the items.
b. Section III. Basic Issue Items. These are the minimum essential items
required to place the trailer in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency
repairs. Although shipped separately, packaged BII must be with the trailer during
operation and whenever it is transferred between property accounts. The
illustrations will assist you with hard-to-identify items. This manual is your
authority to request/requisition replacement BII, based on TOE/MTOE authorization
of the end item.

C-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
The following provides an explanation of columns found in the tabular listings:
a. Column (1) - Illustration Number (Illus Number). This column indicates the
number of the illustration in which the item is shown.
b. Column (2) - National Stock Number. This column indicates the national stock
number assigned to the item and will be used for requisitioning purposes.
c. Column (3) - Description. This column indicates the national item name and,
if required, a minimum description to identify and locate the item. The last line
for each item indicates the CAGEC (in parentheses) followed by the part number.
d. Column (4) - Unit of Measure (U/M). This column indicates the measure used in
performing the actual operational/maintenance function. This measure is expressed
by a two-character alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in., pr).
e. Column (5) - Quantity Required (Qty Rqr). This column indicates the quantity
of the item authorized to be used with/on the equipment.

Change 1

C-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. COMPONENTS OF END ITEM
(1)
Illus
Number

(2)
National Stock
Number

(3)
Description
CAGEC and Part Number

(4)
Usable
On Code

(5)
Qty
Rqr

U/M

NONE

Section III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS
(1)
Illus
Number

(2)
National Stock
Number

(3)
Description
CAGEC and Part Number

(4)
Usable
On Code

(5)
Qty
Rqr

U/M

C-1

5995-00-038-3914

Intervehicular Cable
(96521) 490630

ea

1

C-2

5120-00-595-8396

8-Ton Hydraulic Jack and
Handle
(19207) 12300922

ea

1

C-3

4910-01-301-3051

5-Ton Vehicle Stand
(36251) 93506

ea

1

Mud Plate
(98255) SW25475

ea

1

C-4

C-5

5342-01-298-7815

Cap Assembly
(98255) SW25471

ea

1

C-6

5120-00-203-6480

Lug Wrench
(75204) TR98

ea

1

C-7

5120-01-134-9422

Wrench Handle
(75204) 32318

ea

1

C-8

4210-01-133-9053

Fire Extinguisher
(03670) 79734

ea

1

C-9

2540-00-678-3469

Trailer Wheel Chock
(19207) 7979235

ea

2

C-10

5340-00-682-1508

Padlock
(58536) A-A-59487-1BC

ea

1

Corner Protectors
(31272) 41516-11M

ea

16

Tiedown Straps
(19200) MIL-PRE-71244

ea

8

C-11

C-12

C-2

5340-01-204-3009

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section III. BASIC ISSUE ITEMS - CONT
(1)
Illus
Number

(2)
National Stock
Number

(3)
Description
CAGEC and Part Number

(4)
Usable
On Code

(5)
Qty
Rqr

U/M

C-13

4710-01-360-4273

Lug Wrench Extension Bar
(98255) SW26621

ea

1

C-14

5342-01-342-0213

Cap Assembly
(98255) SW29454

ea

1

C-15

4030-01-352-7553

Shackle, Towing
(98255) SW31088

ea

2

Change 1

C-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C-4

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX D
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION
D-1. SCOPE
This appendix lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the
trailer.

D-2. GENERAL
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the trailer and that do
not have to be turned in with it. These items are all authorized to you by CTA,
MTOE, TDA, or JTA.

D-4. EXPLANATION OF LISTING
National stock numbers, descriptions, and quantities are provided to help you
identify and request the additional items you require to support this equipment.
The items are listed in alphabetical sequence by item name under the type document
(i.e., CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA) which authorizes the items(s) to you.

Section II. ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST
(1)
National Stock
Number
3990-01-394-5633
2540-01-460-9082

(2)
Description

(3)

(4)

U/M

Qty
Auth

CARGO TIEDOWN, VEHICULAR
(97403) 13230E4695

EA

1

EXTENSION KIT, TOWBAR
(19207) 57K3474

EA

1

EA

1

CAGEC and Part Number

4930-01-028-1442

Usable on Code

GUN, GREASE
(10001) 3133414

Change 1

D-1/(D-2 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX E
EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Section I. INTRODUCTION
E-1. SCOPE
This appendix lists expendable supplies and materials you will need to operate and
maintain the trailer. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-950, Expendable
Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts and Heraldic Items).

E-2. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS
a. Column (1) - Item Number. The item number is assigned to the entry in the
listing and is referenced in the narrative instructions to identify the material
(e.g., "Cleaning compound, item 3, appendix E")
b. Column (2) - Level. Column (2) identifies the lowest level of maintenance
that requires the listed item:
C
O
F
H

-

operator/crew maintenance
unit maintenance
direct support maintenance
general support maintenance

c. Column (3) - National Stock Number. Column (3) is the National Stock Number
assigned to the item; use it to request or requisition the item.
d. Column (4) - Description. Column (4) indicates the federal item name and, if
required, a description to identify the item. The last line for each item indicates
the Federal Supply Code for Manufacturer (FSCM) in parentheses followed by the part
number.
e. Column (5) - Unit of Measure (U/M). Column (5) indicates the measure used in
performing the actual maintenance function. This measure is expressed by a twocharacter alphabetical abbreviation (e.g., ea, in., pr). If the unit of measure
differs from the unit of issue, requisition the lowest unit of issue that will
satisfy your requirements.

E-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Section II. EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST
(1)

(2)

Item
Number

Level

(3)
National
Stock
Number

1

O

8040-00-221-3811

1.1
2
3

4

5

5.1

6

7

O

7920-00-061-0037

F
C

F

6850-00-597-9765

5350-00-221-0872

F

O

O

8030-01-361-1814

6850-01-474-2302

C
9150-01-197-7688
9150-01-197-7693
9150-01-197-7690
9150-01-197-7692

7.1

8
9

E-2

O

O
C

Change 1

2640-00-256-5527

9150-01-035-5390
9150-00-186-6681

(4)

(5)

Description

U/M

ADHESIVE, RUBBER BASE:
(80244) MMM-A-1617
2 oz bottle

oz

BRUSH, SCRUB:
(58536) A-A-2074

ea

CAULKING COMPOUND, BUTYL:
(98255) TT-S-001657

tu

CLEANING COMPOUND SOLVENT:
(81349) MIL-C-18718
1 gal can

gl

CLOTH, ABRASIVE (CROCUS):
(81348) P-C-458
50-sheet package

sh

COATING, ALIPHATIC POLYURETHANE,
CHEMICAL AGENT RESISTANT: Forest green
(81349) MIL-C-46268A(MR)

gl

CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND:
(81349) MIL-PRF-81733, type I
3.5 oz cartridge

oz

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT:
(81349) MIL-PRF-680, type I
1 gal can

gl

GREASE, AUTOMOTIVE AND ARTILLERY: GAA
(81349) MIL-PRF-10924
2-1/4 oz tube
14 oz cartridge
1.75 lb can
35 lb can

oz
oz
lb
lb

LUBRICANT, TIRE AND RIM:
(96980)
1 gal can

gl

OIL, LUBRICATING
(81349) MIL-L-2105

qt

OIL, LUBRICATING, ENGINE: OE
(81349) MIL-PRF-2104
30 grade, 1 qt can

qt

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(1)

(2)

Item
Number

Level

(3)
National
Stock
Number

10

O

9150-00-189-6727

11
12

13

14
15
16

F
C

O

O
O
O

16.1

O

17

F

8010-00-264-8866
7920-00-205-1711

8030-00-058-5398

5975-00-570-9598
8135-00-292-2342
8030-00-889-3534

(4)

(5)

Description

U/M

OIL, LUBRICATING, ENGINE: OE
(81349) MIL-PRF-2104
10W grade, 1 qt can

qt

PRIMER COATING, EPOXY:
(81349) MIL-P-52192

kt

RAG, WIPING: Cotton, white, bleached,
50 lb bale
(81349) DDD-R-30

be

SEALING, LOCKING, AND RETAINING
COMPOUND, GRADE B:
(05972) MIL-S-22473
2 cc tube

tu

STRAP, TIEDOWN, ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS:
(96906) MS3367-7-9

hd

TAG: TYPE A, GRADE 3, 2-3/4 X 1-3/8 in.
(81348) UU-T-81

bx

TAPE, ANTI-SEIZE:
(81349) MIL-T-27730

ea

TAPE, CAULKING, BUTYL:
(0MHJ9) Permatite No. DS5126
8010-00-018-8079

rl

THINNER, ALIPHATIC POLYURETHANE COATING:
5 gal can
(81349) MIL-T-81772

Change 1

cn

E-3/(E-4 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX F
UNIT, DIRECT SUPPORT, AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS

Section I. INTRODUCTION
F-1. SCOPE
This repair parts and special tools list (RPSTL) lists and authorizes spares and
repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment
(TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of unit,
direct support, and general support maintenance of the Heavy Expanded Mobility
Ammunition Trailer (HEMAT). It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and
disposition of spares, repair parts and special tools as indicated by the source,
maintenance and recoverability (SMR) codes.
F-2. GENERAL
In addition to Section I, Introduction, this RPSTL is divided into the following
sections:
a. Section II - Repair Parts List. A list of spares and repair parts authorized
by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. The lists also includes
parts which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists
are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the
parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number sequence. Bulk
materiel are listed by item name in FIG BULK at the end of the section. Repair
parts kits or sets are listed separately in their own functional group within
Section II. Repair parts for repairable special tools are also listed in the
section.
b. Section III - Special Tools List. A list of special tools, special TMDE, and
other special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of
Issue (BOI) information in DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column) for the
performance of maintenance.
c. Section IV - Cross-Reference Indexes. A list, in National Item Identification
Number (NIIN) sequence, of all national stock numbered items appearing in the
listings, followed by a list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing
in the listings. The National Stock Number Index and Part Number Index are crossreferenced to each illustration/figure and item number appearance. The Figure and
Item Number Index lists figures and item numbers in alphanumeric sequence and
cross-references national stock number (NSN) Commercial and Government Entity Code
(CAGEC).

Change 1

F-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

F-3. EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTIONS II AND III)
a. ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out
in the illustration.
b. SMR CODE (Column (2)). The SMR code is a 5-position code containing
supply/requisitioning information, maintenance category authorization criteria, and
disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:

Source
Code

XX

Maintenance
Code

Recoverability
Code

XX

X

1st two
positions

How you get an item

3rd position

4th position

Who can install,
replace or use
the item

Who can do
complete repair*
on the item

Who determined
disposition
action on an
unserviceable
item

*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all
corrective maintenance tasks of the "Repair" function in a use/user environment
in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
(1)
Source Code. The source code tells you how to get an item needed for
maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end item/equipment. Explanations of source
codes follows:
Source
Code

F-2

Explanation

PA
PB
PC**
PD
PE
PF
PG

Stocked items; use the applicable NSN to request/requisition
items with these source codes. They are authorized to the
category indicated by the code entered in the 3rd position of
the SMR code.

KD
KF
KB

Items with these codes are not
individually. They are part of
maintenance category indicated
code. The complete kit must be

**NOTE:

Change 1

Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.

to be requested/requisitioned
a kit which is authorized to the
in the 3rd position of the SMR
requisitioned and applied.

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Source
Code

Explanation

MO- (Made at unit/
AVUM Level)
MF- (Made at DS/
AVUM Level)
MH- (Made at GS
Level)
ML- (Made at
Specialized
Repair Act
(SRA))
MD- (Made at Depot)

Items with these codes are not to be requested/
requisitioned individually. They must be made from
bulk materiel which is identified by the part number
in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column
and listed in the Bulk Materiel group of the Repair
Parts List in this RPSTL. If the item is authorized
to you by the 3rd position code of the SMR code, but
the source code indicates it is made at a higher
level, order the item from the higher level of
maintenance.

AO- (Assembled by
unit/AVUM Level)
AF- (Assembled by
DS/AVIM Level)
AH- (Assembled by
GS Category)
AL- (Assembled by
SRA)
AD
(Assembled by
Depot)

Items with these codes are not to be requested/
requisitioned individually. The parts that make up
the assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the level of maintenance
indicated by the source code. If the 3rd position
code of the SMR code authorizes you to replace the
item, but the source code indicates the items are
assembled at a higher level, order the item from the
higher level of maintenance.

XA -

Do not requisition an "XA"-coded item. Order its next higher assembly. (Also,
refer to the NOTE below.)

XB -

If an "XB" item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and
part number given.

XC -

Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, field service drawing that
is identified by manufacturer's part number.

XD -

Item is not stocked. Order an "XD"-coded item through normal supply channels
using the CAGEC and part number given, if no NSN is available.
NOTE
Cannibalization or
a source of supply
those source coded
requirements of AR

controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as
for items with the above source codes, except for
"XA" or those aircraft support items restricted by
750-1.

(2)
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of
maintenance authorized to USE and REPAIR support items. The maintenance codes are
entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows:

Change 1

F-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(a)
The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the
lowest maintenance level authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The
maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to one
of the following levels of maintenance.
Maintenance
Code

Application/Explanation

C-

Crew or operator maintenance done within unit or
aviation unit maintenance.

O-

Unit or aviation unit maintenance can remove, replace,
and use the item.

F-

Direct support or aviation intermediate maintenance can
remove, replace, and use the item.

H-

General support maintenance can remove, replace, and use
the item.

L-

Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use
the item.

D-

Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.

(b)
The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells whether
or not the item is to be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with
the capability to do complete repair (i.e., perform all authorized repair
functions).
NOTE
Some limited repairs may be done on the item at a lower level of
maintenance, if authorized by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC)
and SMR codes.
Maintenance
Code

F-4

Application/Explanation

O-

Unit or aviation unit is the lowest level that can do
complete repair of the item.

F-

Direct support or aviation intermediate is the lowest
level that can do complete repair of the item.

H-

General support is the lowest level that can do complete
repair of the item.

L-

Specialized repair activity is the lowest level that can
do complete repair of the item.

D-

Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of
the item.

Z-

Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.

B-

No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are
authorized for the maintenance of a "B"-coded item.
However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting,
lubricating, etc., at the user level.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to
indicate the disposition action on unserviceable items. The recoverability code is
entered in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows:
Recoverability
Codes

Application/Explanation

Z-

Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and
dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in
3rd position of SMR code.

O-

Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn
and dispose of the item at unit or aviation unit level.

F-

Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn
and dispose of the item at the direct support or
aviation intermediate level.

H-

Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn
and dispose of the item at the general support level.

D-

Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair
capability, return to depot. Condemnation and disposal
of item not authorized below depot level.

L-

Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not authorized
below specialized repair activity.

A-

Item requires special handling or condemnation
procedures because of specific reasons (e.g., precious
metal content, high dollar value, critical materiel, or
hazardous materiel). Refer to appropriate
manuals/directives for specific instructions.

c. CAGEC (Column (3)). The CAGEC is a 5-digit numeric code which is used to
identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies
the item.
d. PART NUMBER (Column (4)). Indicates the primary number used by the
manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation, or Government activity),
which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its
engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to
identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may
have a different part number from the number listed.

Change 1

F-5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

e. DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (5)). This column includes the
following information:
(1)
The Federal item name and, when required, a minimum description to
identify the item.
(2)
The physical security classification of the item is indicated by the
parenthetical entry (insert applicable physical security classification
abbreviation, e.g., Phy Sec C1 (C) -Confidential, Phy Sec C1 (S) -Secret, Phy Sec
C1 (T) Top Secret).
(3)
Items that are included in kits and sets are listed below the name of
the kit or set.
(4)
Spare/repair parts that make up an assembled item are listed
immediately following the assembled item line entry.
(5)
Part numbers for bulk materiel are referenced in this column in the
line item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated.
(6)
When the item is not used with all serial numbers of the same model,
the effective serial numbers are shown on the last lines) of the description
(before UOC).
(7)
The usable on code, when applicable (see paragraph F-5, Special
Information).
(8)
In the Special Tools List Section III, the basis of issue (BOI) appears
as the last line(s) in the entry for each special tool, special TMDE, exceeds
density spread indicated in the basis of issue, the total authorization is
increased proportionately.
(9)
The statement "END OF FIGURE" appears just below the last item
description in column (5) for a given figure in both Section II and Section III.
f. QTY (Column (6)). The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity
of the item used in the breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is
prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or an assembly. A "V"
appearing in this column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is
variable and the quantity may vary from application to application.
F-4. EXPLANATION OF INDEX FORMAT AND COLUMNS (SECTION IV)
a. NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX.
(1)
STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN by NIIN sequence. The
NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN (i.e.,
NSN
. When
5305-01-674-1467)
NIIN
using this column to locate an item, ignore the first four digits of the NSN. Use
the complete NSN (13 digits) when requisitioning items by stock number.
(2)
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item
is identified/located. The figures are in numerical order in Section II and Section
III.

F-6

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
ITEM Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the
figure listed in the adjacent FIG. column. This item is also identified by the NSN
listed on the same line.
b. PART NUMBER INDEX. Part numbers in this index are listed by part number in
ascending alphanumeric sequence (i.e., vertical arrangement of letter and number
combination which places the first letter or digit of each group in order A through
Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like
order).
(1)
CAGEC Column. The CAGEC is a 5-digit numeric code used to identify the
manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
(2)
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the primary number used by the
manufacturer (individual, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which
controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering
drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an
item or range of items.
(3)
STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN for the associated part
number and manufacturer identified in the PART NUMBER and CAGEC columns to the
left.
(4)
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item
is identified/located in Section II and Section III.
(5)
ITEM Column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it
appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent FIG. column.
c. FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX.
(1)
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item
is identified/located in Section II and Section III.
(2)
ITEM Column. The item number is that number assigned to the item as it
appears in the figure referenced in the adjacent FIG. column.
(3)

STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN for the item.

(4)
CAGEC Column. The CAGEC is a 5-digit numeric code used to identify the
manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
(5)
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the primary number used by the
manufacturer (individual, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which
controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering
drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an
item or range of items.

Change 1

F-7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

F-5. SPECIAL INFORMATION
a. Usable On Code. The usable on code appears in the lower left corner of the
DESCRIPTION column heading. Usable on codes are shown as "UOC: . . . . . . ." in
the DESCRIPTION column (justified left) on the first line applicable item
description/nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models.
Identification of the usable on codes used in the RPSTL are:
Code

Used On

990

Model M989A1

b. Fabrication Instructions. Bulk materiel required to manufacture items are
listed in the Bulk Materiel group in Section II. Part numbers for bulk materiel are
also referenced in the DESCRIPTION column of the line item entry for the item to be
manufactured/fabricated. Detailed fabrication instructions for items source codes
to be manufactured or fabricated are found in the maintenance portion of this
manual.
c. Assembly Instructions. Detailed assembly instructions for items source coded
to be assembled from component spare/repair parts are found in the maintenance
portion of this manual. Items that make up the assembly are listed immediately
following the assembly item entry or reference is made to an applicable figure.
d. Kits. Line item entries for repair parts kits are listed in the Kits group in
Section II.
e. Index Numbers. Items which have the word BULK in the FIG. column will have an
index number shown in the ITEM NO. column. This index number is a cross-reference
between the National Stock Number Index/Part Number Index and Bulk Materiel group
in Section II.
F-6. HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS
a. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Not Known.
(1)
First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group or
subassembly group to which the item belongs. This is necessary since figures are
prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and listings are divided into
the same groups.
(2)
Second. Find the figure covering the assembly group or subassembly
group to which the item belongs.
(3)

Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the item number.

(4)
Fourth. Refer to Section II for the figure to find the part number for
the item number noted on the figure.
(5)

F-8

Fifth. Refer to the Part Number Index to find the NSN, if assigned.

Change 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

b. When National Stock Number or Part Number is Known.
(1)
First. Using the National Stock Number Index and Part Number Index,
find the pertinent NSN or part number. The National Stock Number Index is in NIIN
sequence (see F-4a(1)). The part numbers in the Part Number Index are listed in
ascending alphanumeric sequence (see F-4b). Both indexes cross-reference you to the
illustration/figure and item number of the item you are looking for.
(2)
Second. After finding the figure and item number, verify that the item
is the one you are looking for, then locate the item number in Section II for the
figure.
F-7. ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation

Explanation

AVIM

Aviation Intermediate Maintenance

AVUM

Aviation Unit Maintenance

BOI

Basis of Issue

CAGEC

Commercial and Government Entity Code

DS

Direct Support

GS

General Support

HEMAT

Heavy Expanded Mobility Ammunition Trailer

MAC

Maintenance Allocation Chart

NIIN

National Item Identification Number (consists
of last nine digits of NSN)

NSN

National Stock Number

RPSTL

Repair Parts and Special Tools List

SMR

Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability

TMDE

Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment

UOC

Usable on Code

Change 1

F-9

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 1. Clearance Lights Serial Numbers 2000 and Below

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

REPAIR PARTS LIST
(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0609 0001 LIGHTS
FIG. 1 CLEARANCE LIGHTS SERIAL NUMBERS 2000 AND BELOW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906
19204
73331
73331
58536
96906
96906
95105
73331
78553
98255
19207
19207

MS35423-2
MS35423-1
572929
5939841
5939831
A52463-1-08
MS35421-2
MS35421-1
343-0586-000
5939830
C1059-014-1
MGLP-RG-7
8338566
8338567

LIGHT, MARKER, CLEARANCE: RED ...................................................
LIGHT, MARKER, CLEARANCE: AMBER..............................................
. CONTACT, ELECTRICAL .....................................................................
. FELT, MECHANICAL, PREFORMED ...................................................
. PLATE, MOUNTING, LAMPHOLDER...................................................
. LAMP, INCANDESCENT ......................................................................
. LENS, LIGHT: RED ..............................................................................
. LENS, LIGHT: AMBER .........................................................................
. SCREW, MACHINE...............................................................................
. RETAINER, LENS.................................................................................
. PUSH ON NUT......................................................................................
RIVET, BLIND .........................................................................................
SHELL, ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR .....................................................
WASHER, SLOTTED ..............................................................................
END OF FIGURE

1-1

5
4
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
36
9
9

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 1A. Clearance Lights Serial Numbers 2001 and Up

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0609 0001 LIGHTS
FIG. 1A CLEARANCE LIGHTS SERIAL NUMBERS 2001 AND UP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

PAOZZ
PAOOO
XAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
96906
96906
96906
96906
9K475

07407
07406
6625A
07198
130255Y
130255R
07197
94626
5370
3542
MS35649-202
MS27183-8
MS35338-43
MS35206-265
MGLP-R6-7

LIGHT, CLEARANCE, AMBER ...............................................................
LIGHT, CLEARANCE, RED.....................................................................
SCREW, PAN HEAD ...............................................................................
BRACKET, ARMORED ...........................................................................
LAMP, LED, YELLOW, 10-30V...............................................................
LAMP, LED, RED, 10-30V.......................................................................
BASE, MOUNTING .................................................................................
LEAD ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL ..........................................................
GASKET, MOUNTING.............................................................................
MARKER, IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
RIVET, BLIND, STEEL USE ONLY ON THREE RED CLEARANCE
LIGHTS ON REAR OF TRAILER ............................................................
END OF FIGURE

1A-1

4
5
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
24
24
24
24
12

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 2. Composite Marker Lights

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0609 0002 LIGHTS
FIG. 2 COMPOSITE MARKER LIGHTS
1
2
3
4

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOOO

96906
96906
34623
96906

MS35206-308
MS35338-46
5575569
MS52125-2

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

PAOZZ
XDOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

19207
19207
58536
81348
19207
19207
19207
19204
19207
19207
11815
96906
80205
96906
13548

11639520
11639519-2
A52463-1-09
A-A-52463-B10
11639535
12360850-1
12360870-2
572929
8338566
8338567
BAPKTR-66
MS21044C3
NAS1149C0332R
MS51958-68
07240

SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
BRACKET ...............................................................................................
STOP LIGHT-TAILLIGHT USE ON SERIAL NUMBERS 2000
AND BELOW...........................................................................................
. HOUSING, LIGHT .................................................................................
. GASKET................................................................................................
. LAMP, INCANDESCENT ......................................................................
. LAMP INCANDESCENT .......................................................................
. LENS, LIGHT ........................................................................................
. LIGHT, MARKER, CLEARANCE: RED.................................................
. STOP LIGHT, VEHICULAR...................................................................
. CONTACT, ELECTRICAL .....................................................................
. SHELL, ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR...................................................
. WASHER, SLOTTED ............................................................................
RIVET, SOLID .........................................................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
STOP LIGHT-TAILLIGHT USE ON SERIAL NUMBER 2001 AND UP ....
END OF FIGURE

2-1

4
4
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
16
12
12
12
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 3. Electrical Installation (Sheet 1 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0613 0003 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS
FIG. 3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

98255
81349
19207
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255

SW25292
M45913/1-4-CG5C
7731428
MS27183-10
MS35206-282
MS35649-202
MS35338-43
MS21333-73
SW31802
MS25036-112
MS25036-110
SW25138-1
MS21919WCG28
MS35206-266
SW31802-1

PAOZZ

96906

MS21333-71

LEAD ASSEMBLY, ELECTRICAL ..........................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING.............................................................................
COVER, ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR ....................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
CLAMP, LOOP........................................................................................
WIRE ASSEMBLY, GROUND USE ONLY WITH P/N MS52125-2..........
. TERMINAL, LUG...................................................................................
. TERMINAL, LUG...................................................................................
. WIRE, ELECTRICAL: 12 INCHES ........................................................
CLAMP, LOOP USED ON SERIAL NO. 2000 AND BELOW ..................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
WIRE ASSEMBLY, GROUND USE ONLY WITH P/N 07240 ..................
DELETED PART NUMBER .....................................................................
DELETED PART NUMBER .....................................................................
DELETED PART NUMBER .....................................................................
CLAMP, LOOP........................................................................................

3-1

1
4
1
4
4
26
26
4
1
1
2
AR
8
6
2

6

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 3. Electrical Installation (Sheet 2 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0613 0003 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS
FIG. 3 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
20
21
22
23

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906
96906
96906

MS21919WCG18
MS21919WCG28
MS21333-73
MS21333-65

CLAMP, LOOP USED ON SER. NO. 2001 AND UP ...............................
CLAMP, LOOP USED ON SER. NO. 2001 AND UP ...............................
CLAMP, LOOP USED ON SER. NO. 2001 AND UP ...............................
CLAMP, LOOP USED ON SER. NO. 2001 AND UP ...............................
END OF FIGURE

3-2

7
7
4
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 4. Special Purpose Electrical Cable Assembly

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 0613 0004 HULL OR CHASSIS WIRING HARNESS
FIG. 4 SPECIAL PURPOSE ELECTRICAL CABLE ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

PAOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ

98255
96906
81349
81349
19328
96906
98255

SW25142
MS27144-1
M43436/3-1
M23053/4-303-0
214405
MS27142-2
SW31258-2

8

MOOZZ

98255

8376130-288

9

MOOZZ

98255

SW31259-2

10

MOOZZ

98255

SW31259-3

11

MOOZZ

98255

SW31259-1

12

MOOZZ

98255

SW31258-1

CABLE ASSEMBLY, POWER, ELECTRICAL, BRANCHED ..................
. CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRIC ........................................................
. BAND, MARKER...................................................................................
. INSULATION SLEEVING, ELECTRICAL..............................................
. SPLICE, CONDUCTOR.........................................................................
. CONNECTOR, PLUG, ELECTRICAL....................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376127
(30 INCHES) ...........................................................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376130
(288 INCHES) .........................................................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376128
(30 INCHES) ...........................................................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376128
(22 INCHES) ...........................................................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376128
(55 INCHES) ...........................................................................................
. TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 8376127
(82 INCHES) ...........................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

4-1

1
17
23
8
8
6
1
1
1
1
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 5. Front Axle

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1000 0005 FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY
FIG. 5 FRONT AXLE
1

PBFZZ

98255

SW25395

FRONT AXLE AND SUSPENSION .........................................................
END OF FIGURE

5-1

1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 6. Knuckle and Spindle Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1004 0006 STEERING AND LEANING WHEEL MECHANISM
FIG. 6 KNUCKLE AND SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
1

PAOZZ

96906

MS90725-3

2

PAOZZ

96906

MS35338-63

3

PAOZZ

98255

SW25207

4

PAOZZ

98255

SW25206

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

PBOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XCOOO
XCOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ

98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
96906
98255
0HJ37
98255
98255
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37

SW25204
SW25213
SW25210
SW25211
MS51968-11
MS35338-47
MS51968-20
SW25202
143664-0007
SW25209
SW25203
163621-0005
163621-0004
143622-0001
143623-0001
143621-0015

XAOZZ

0HJ37

143621-0014

17
18
19

SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD-NOT REQUIRED ON
REPLACEMENT KNUCKLE ASSEMBLIES SW25216 AND
SW25219 ................................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK-NOT REQUIRED ON REPLACEMENT
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLIES SW26216 AND SW25219..............................
COVER, ACCESS-NOT REQUIRED ON REPLACEMENT
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLIES SW25216 AND SW25219..............................
GASKET-NOT REQUIRED ON REPLACEMENT KNUCKLE
ASSEMBLIES SW25216 AND SW25219 ................................................
KINGPIN, STEERING KNUCKLE ...........................................................
FITTING, LUBRICATION.........................................................................
SHIM: THICKNESS .006 .........................................................................
SHIM: THICKNESS .011 .........................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
SETSCREW ............................................................................................
BEARING, ROLLER, THRUST................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
PIN, SHOULDER, HEADLESS................................................................
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, RH-OBSOLETE REPLACED BY SW25219 ....
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, LH-OBSOLETE REPLACED BY SW25219.....
. BUSHING..............................................................................................
. SEAL.....................................................................................................
. KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, RH-OBSOLETE REPLACED BY
P/N SW25219..........................................................................................
. KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, LH-OBSOLETE PART REPLACED
BY P/N SW25216 ....................................................................................

6-1

12
12
4
4
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
2
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 6. Knuckle and Spindle Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1004 0006 STEERING AND LEANING WHEEL MECHANISM
FIG. 6 KNUCKLE AND SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
20
21
22
23
24
25

PBOOO
PBOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOOO
XAOOO

98255
98255
0HJ37
81349
0HJ37
0HJ37
98255
98255

SW25216
SW25219
143661-0008
M5501/7-F19
143623-0001
143622-0001
SW25197-1
SW25197-2

SPINDLE, WHEEL, DRIVING-NONDRIVING: LEFT HAND....................
SPINDLE, WHEEL, DRIVING-NONDRIVING: RIGHT HAND..................
CAP ASSEMBLY.....................................................................................
CAP-PLUG, PROTECTIVE, DUST AND MOISTURE SEAL....................
SEAL .......................................................................................................
BUSHING ................................................................................................
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND...................................................
KNUCKLE ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND.....................................................
END OF FIGURE

6-2

1
1
2
1
2
2
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 7. Rear Axle

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1100 0007 REAR AXLE ASSEMBLY
FIG. 7 REAR AXLE
1

PBFZZ

98255

SW25182

AXLE, VEHICULAR, NONDRIVING ........................................................
END OF FIGURE

7-1

1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 8. Front and Rear Brake Assembly Serial Numbers 2000 and Below

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1202 0008 SERVICE BRAKES
FIG. 8 FRONT AND REAR BRAKE ASSEMBLY SERIAL NUMBERS
2000 AND BELOW
1
2
3
4

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PFOZZ

52304
52304
52304
9R200

805714
39075
39074
807497

PFOZZ

9R200

807496

5

PAOZZ

9R200

089899

6
7

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

PAOZZ
PFOZZ
PFOZZ
PFOZZ
PFOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

52304
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
52304
96906
52304
76301
52304
79136
78502
7P109

1000693
808751
808750
807488
807489
90414
MS90725-302
43943
4M36-11008
23570
5304-125
427-10401
1001353

16
17
18
19
20
21

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PFOZZ

52304
96906
96906
81142
80204
9R200

804023
MS51968-20
MS35335-39
1000406
B1821BH063F175N
807615

PFOZZ

9R200

807614

PFOZZ

9R200

070308

PFOZZ

9R200

070309

PAOZZ
PAOZZ

9R200
9R200

070326
1001811

22
23

BRAKE SHOE .........................................................................................
PIN, SHOULDER, HEADLESS................................................................
ROLLER, BRAKE SHOE ........................................................................
SPIDER, BRAKE: USED ON 808752 AND 808681 (LEFT
REAR/RIGHT FRONT) ...........................................................................
SPIDER, BRAKE: USED ON 808753 AND 808680 (RIGHT
REAR/LEFT FRONT) .............................................................................
BOOT, DUST AND MOISTURE SEAL: USED ON 808680
AND 808681 ............................................................................................
DEFLECTOR, DIRT AND LIQUID ...........................................................
BRACKET, BRAKE CAMSHAFT: LEFT REAR-USED ON 808752 .........
BEARING UNIT, PLAIN: RIGHT REAR-USED ON 808753.....................
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAM: LEFT FRONT-USED ON 808680 ...........
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAM: RIGHT FRONT-USED ON 808681 .........
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, FLAT: THICKNESS .0598......................................................
WASHER, FLAT: THICKNESS .063........................................................
WASHER, FLAT: THICKNESS .031........................................................
RING, RETAINING ..................................................................................
BRACKET, VEHICULAR COMPONENTS...............................................
PARTS KIT, BRAKE MOUNTING BRACKET: USED ON REAR
BRAKES ONLY.......................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
SPRING, HELICAL, EXTENSION ...........................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: LEFT REARUSED ON 808752....................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: RIGHT REARUSED ON 808753....................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: LEFT FRONTUSED ON 808680....................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: RIGHT FRONTUSED ON 808681....................................................................................
SPRING, HELICAL, EXTENSION ...........................................................
MARKER, IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................
END OF FIGURE

8-1

8
8
8
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
16
16
4
4
8
4
4
2
20
32
32
4
32
1
1
1
1
8
4

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 8A. Front and Rear Brake Assembly Serial Numbers 2001 and Up

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1202 0008 SERVICE BRAKES
FIG. 8A FRONT AND REAR BRAKE ASSEMBLY SERIAL NUMBERS
2001 AND UP
1
2

KFFZZ
KFFZZ

1MVZ1
1MVZ1

819756
806234

3
4

KFFZZ
PFOZZ

1MVZ1
1MVZ1

808058
811104

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

811105

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
KFFZZ
KFFZZ
PAOZZ

52304
1MVZ1
52304
52304
1MVZ1

89899
973955
79903
1000035
975288

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

975289

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

953800

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

953801

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
KFFZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
KFFZZ

52304
96906
52304
52304
52304
52304
78502
15434
52304
96906
96906
1MVZ1

90414
MS90725-302
43943
35428
23570
804017
427-10401
S00226800
804703
MS51968-20
MS35335-39
818278

22
23

PAOZZ
PFOZZ

80204
1MVZ1

B1821BH063F175N
808076

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

808077

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

807858

PAOZZ

1MVZ1

807859

PAOZZ
KFFZZ

1MVZ1
1MVZ1

806380
819725

5
6
7
8
9

24
25

BRAKE SHOE AND LINING ASSEMBLY PART OF KIT P/N 314159.....
ROLLER, BRAKE SHOE PART OF KITS P/N 808330 AND
P/N 314159..............................................................................................
RETAINER, ROLLER PART OF KITS P/N 808330 AND P/N 314159 .....
SPIDER, BRAKE: RIGHT REAR/LEFT FRONT-USED ON
326961 AND 326962 ...............................................................................
SPIDER, BRAKE: LEFT REAR/RIGHT FRONT-USED ON
326960 AND 326963 ...............................................................................
PLUG, PROTECTIVE, DUST AND MOISTURE SEAL ............................
DEFLECTOR, DUST AND LIQUID..........................................................
SEAL, PLAIN ENCASED PART OF KIT P/N 127808 ..............................
BUSHING, SLEEVE PART OF KIT P/N 127808......................................
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAMSHAFT: REAR RIGHT-USED ON
326961.....................................................................................................
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAMSHAFT: LEFT REAR-USED ON
326960.....................................................................................................
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAMSHAFT: LEFT FRONT-USED ON
326962.....................................................................................................
BRACKET ASSEMBLY, CAMSHAFT: RIGHT FRONT-USED ON
326963.....................................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT, THICKNESS 0.060......................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
RING, RETAINING PART OF KIT P/N 127808........................................
BRACKET, VEHICULAR COMPONENTS...............................................
FITTING, LUBRICATION.........................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
SPRING, HELICAL, EXTENSION PART OF KITS P/N 808330
AND P/N314159 ......................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: RIGHT REAR-USED
ON 326961 ..............................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: LEFT REAR-USED
ON 326960 ..............................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: LEFT FRONT-USED
ON 326962 ..............................................................................................
CAMSHAFT, ACTUATING, BRAKE SHOE: RIGHT FRONT-USED
ON 326963 ..............................................................................................
WASHER, CAM HEAD ............................................................................
SPRING, HELICAL, EXTENSION PART OF KITS P/N 808330
AND P/N 314159 .....................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

8A-1

8
8
8
2
2
8
4
8
8
1
1
1
1
16
16
4
12
12
4
4
4
16
30
30
4
30
1
1
1
1
4
8

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 9. Slack Adjuster

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1206 0009 MECHANICAL BRAKE SYSTEM
FIG. 9 SLACK ADJUSTER
1

PAOZZ
PAOZZ

78502
78502

409-10133
400-10005

ADJUSTER, SLACK, BRAKE: REAR .....................................................
ADJUSTER, SLACK, BRAKE: FRONT ...................................................
END OF FIGURE

9-1

2
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 10. Air Tank Installation

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1208 0010 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
FIG. 10 AIR TANK INSTALLATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
MOOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ

79470
98255
93061
98255
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
06721
79470
79470
98255
98255
98255
93061
79470
30379
06721
98255
93061
98255
01276
97111
79470
98255
81343
98255

1480X10
SW13321P-0960
279NTA-6-8
SW13319P-1900
MS90725-36
MS27183-12
MS35338-45
MS35649-2314
SW25355
10719
3152X6
3152X8
SW13319P-0840
SW13321P-0800
SW13319P-1400
209P-8-4
3325X4
2148946
N15758DB
SW13319P-0440
272NTA-6-4
SW13319P-2440
FD45-1040-06
1100
3220X8X6
SW13319P-1200
6-6-6-120425BA
SW13319P-2000

ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
HOSE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 3250-10103 ....
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
TANK, PRESSURE .................................................................................
COCK, DRAIN .........................................................................................
PLUG, PIPE ............................................................................................
PLUG, PIPE ............................................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER 3250-10103.....
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
BUSHING, PIPE ......................................................................................
NIPPLE, PIPE .........................................................................................
VALVE, CHECK ......................................................................................
VALVE, BRAKE, PNEUMATIC................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
TEE, PIPE TO TUBE ...............................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
CAP, PROTECTIVE, DUST AND MOISTURE SEAL...............................
COUPLING HALF, QUICK DISCONNECT ..............................................
BUSHING, PIPE ......................................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
TEE, PIPE TO TUBE ...............................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
END OF FIGURE

10-1

2
1
3
1
12
24
12
12
3
3
6
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 11. Air Valves

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1208 0011 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
FIG. 11 AIR VALVES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906
96906
06721
80204
98255
93061
98255
93061
58429
93061
58429
58429
98255
81343
58429
93061
93061
30327
79470
93061
98255
81343
06721
98255

MS35649-2312
MS35338-45
MS27183-12
N30108BD
B1821BH031C150N
SW13319P-0320
272NTA-6-4
SW13319P-2660
2202P6-6
62W3506B0
269NTA-10-8
62W3572B0
62W3584B0
SW13319P-0080
6-4 100202BA
62W3554B0
271NTA-6-6
209P-8-4
4-469-F-06X04
3152X6
68NTA-6-6
SW13319P-0900
6-6 120202BA
N4305A
SW26521

NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
VALVE, RELAY, AIR PRESSURE...........................................................
BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
TEE, PIPE TO TUBE ...............................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
ELBOW, PIPE .........................................................................................
HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC ......................................................
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC ......................................................
HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC ......................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC ......................................................
TEE, PIPE TO TUBE ...............................................................................
BUSHING, PIPE ......................................................................................
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
PLUG, PIPE ............................................................................................
ADAPTER, STRAIGHT, PIPE TO TUBE .................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
VALVE, RELAY, AIR PRESSURE...........................................................
BRACKET, ANGLE .................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

11-1

6
6
6
2
6
1
1
1
8
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 12. Brake Valve, Gladhand, and Air Cleaner Intake

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1208 0012 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
FIG. 12 BRAKE VALVE, GLADHAND, AND AIR CLEANER INTAKE
1
2
3
4

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOOO
PAOOO

81343
06721
98343
58536
45152

6-4 100202BA
N14488AC
1509
A52484-1
18572FX

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

79470
58429
79470
39428
23705
79470
96906
96906
98255
06721

3220X8X6
62W3572B0
1480X6
3043T19
A298749
3200X6X4
MS35338-44
MS27183-10
SW25336
N-12971-B

ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
VALVE, BRAKE, PNEUMATIC................................................................
PACKING, PREFORMED........................................................................
COUPLING HALF, QUICK DISCONNECT: RIGHT SIDE (SERVICE).....
COUPLING HALF, QUICK DISCONNECT: LEFT SIDE
(EMERGENCY) .......................................................................................
BUSHING, PIPE ......................................................................................
HOSE ASSEMBLY, NONMETALLIC ......................................................
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
BOLT, U ..................................................................................................
AIR FILTER, BRAKE LINE......................................................................
REDUCER, PIPE.....................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SPACER, PLATE ....................................................................................
FILTER ELEMENT, FLUID......................................................................
END OF FIGURE

12-1

3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 13. Air Chambers and Cable Clamps

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1208 0013 AIR BRAKE SYSTEM
FIG. 13 AIR CHAMBERS AND CABLE CLAMPS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ

06721
98255
06721
96906
98343
96906
98343
06721
06721
06721
96906
96906
98255

19100
SW25189
KN36450
MS35338-50
2-X-256
MS24665-353
6178617
193008
N50037A
N50037
MS35649-202
MS21919WCG18
SW15460P-5

14

MOOZZ

98255

SW15460P-6

15
16

PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906

MS3367-7-9
MS21333-73

PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADLESS..................................................................
CHAMBER, AIR BRAKE .........................................................................
CLEVIS, ROD END .................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
COTTER PIN ...........................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
CHAMBER, AIR BRAKE: RIGHT HAND .................................................
CHAMBER, AIR BRAKE: LEFT HAND ...................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
CLAMP, LOOP........................................................................................
NONMETALLIC CHANNEL: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER
X-982 (1.50 INCHES) .............................................................................
NONMETALLIC CHANNEL: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER
X-982 (3 INCHES) ..................................................................................
STRAP, TIEDOWN, ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS ...............................
CLAMP, LOOP........................................................................................

END OF FIGURE

13-1

4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
1
14
5
2
1
36
9

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 14. Front and Rear Wheel Assembly

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1311 0014 WHEEL ASSEMBLY
FIG. 14 FRONT AND REAR WHEEL ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PBOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

80201
81348
18889
18889
18889
81348
98255
98255
46717
80204
78500
78500

12

PBOFF

18889

46304
FFB187/01-652
100170
100181
1540
FFB187/01-500
143625-0002
143699-0019
L6451-101
B1821BH031C075N
3262W1245
2208N430 NONASBESTOS
65651B

SEAL, PLAIN, ENCASED........................................................................
BEARING, ROLLER, TAPERED .............................................................
BOLT, RIBBED SHOULDER: RIGHT HAND ..........................................
BOLT, INTERNAL WRENCH: LEFT HAND ............................................
HUB, WHEEL, VEHICULAR ...................................................................
BEARING, ROLLER, TAPERED .............................................................
WASHER, KEYWAY ...............................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, SLOTTED, HEXAGON.......................................................
PIN, COTTER ..........................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
HUB CAP, WHEEL..................................................................................
GASKET..................................................................................................

4
4
10
10
4
4
2
2
4
24
4
4

BRAKE DRUM ........................................................................................

4

END OF FIGURE

14-1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 15. Wheel and Valve

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1311-0015 WHEEL ASSEMBLY
FIG. 15 WHEEL AND VALVE
1
2
3

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

20076
27783
96906
96906

05-09648-95
TR515
MS51983-8
A52427-L-1.125

WHEEL ...................................................................................................
VALVE, PNEUMATIC TIRE.....................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, SINGLE BALL SEAT, HEXAGON: RIGHT HAND .............
NUT, PLAIN, SINGLE BALL SEAT, HEXAGON: LEFT HAND................
END OF FIGURE

15-1

1
1
10
10

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 16. Tires

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1313 0016 TIRES, TUBES, AND TIRE CHAINS
FIG. 16 TIRES
1

PAOFF

81348

PAOZZ

81348

GP3A/15.00-22.50/H/
TBTR
X/GP3/TYRA/CLA/T/
385/65R22.5/J

TIRE, BIAS, PNEUMATIC, VEHICULAR USE ONLY WITH
COMPLETE SET OF BIAS TIRES ..........................................................
TIRE, RADIAL, PNEUMATIC, VEHICULAR USE ONLY WITH
COMPLETE SET OF RADIAL TIRES......................................................
END OF FIGURE

16-1

5
5

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 17. Tie Rod and Pivot Assembly

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1401 0017 MECHANICAL STEERING GEAR ASSEMBLY
FIG. 17 TIE ROD AND PIVOT ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
3A
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
80205
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
81349
80204
98255
98255
80205
96906
98255
98255
88044
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906

MS15003-4
MS24665-357
12211X
12210X
9189-96
12003BN
12004BN
12211-7
12210-7
M45913/1-10FG5C
B1821BH063F300N
SW25198-1
SW25214
MS24665-499
MS35692-101
SW25198-2
SW26638
AN415-7
SW10010-0101
SW25078
SW26676
SW25175
MS27183-4
MS35206-213

FITTING, LUBRICATION.........................................................................
PIN, COTTER ..........................................................................................
TIE ROD, STEERING: LENGTH 29.81 INCHES .....................................
TIE ROD, STEERING: LENGTH 60.970 INCHES ...................................
NUT, PLAIN, CASTELLATED, HEXAGON..............................................
. TIE ROD: RIGHT HAND........................................................................
. TIE ROD: LEFT HAND..........................................................................
. BAR AND CLAMP ASSEMBLY: PART OF 12211X..............................
. BAR AND CLAMP ASSEMBLY: PART OF 12210X..............................
. . NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON ....................................................
. . SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ......................................................
ARM, STEERING GEAR: LEFT HAND ...................................................
KEY, WOODRUFF ..................................................................................
COTTER PIN ...........................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, SLOTTED, HEXAGON.......................................................
ARM, STEERING GEAR: RIGHT HAND .................................................
CHAIN ASSEMBLY.................................................................................
. LOCK PIN .............................................................................................
. CHAIN ...................................................................................................
BAR ASSEMBLY, PIVOT........................................................................
PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADED ......................................................................
PIN ASSEMBLY......................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

17-1

3
4
1
1
4
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 18. Trailer Assembly Components (Sheet 1 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1501 0018 FRAME ASSEMBLY
FIG. 18 TRAILER ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PFOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

78500
98255
96906
80204
39428
39428
98255
9U920
96906
96906
96906
80204
98255
98255
81349
03670
98255
98255
75535
98255
80205
96906
96906
3Z276
83473
96906
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255

1199J114C
SW32969
MS51983-8
B1821BH075F150N
91255A120
91255A999
SW25081
SW26534
MS51967-8
MS35338-46
MS27183-14
B1821BH038C150N
SW25087
SW21641
M24243/6-A804H
79734
SW26535
SW25371
G-213-5/8 IN
SW25403
MS24665-421
MS35338-48
MS51967-15
SW29658
TB-20
MS27183-18
B1821BH050C350N
MS51967-2
MS35338-44
MS27183-10
SW29638
SW29637
B1821BH025C088N
MS90725-36
MS35649-2314
MS35338-45
SW32973

NUT, CAP, DUAL WHEEL ......................................................................
LIFT ASSEMBLY, TIRE ..........................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, SINGLE BALL SEAT, HEXAGON .....................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HEAD ..............................................................
SCREW, CAP, SOCKET HEAD ..............................................................
SHOE, MILLERS.....................................................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, EXTENDED WASHER, HEXAGON ...................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
PLATE, MENDING ..................................................................................
GUARD, SPLASH, VEHICULAR .............................................................
RIVET, BLIND .........................................................................................
EXTINGUISHER, FIRE, DRY CHEMICAL: BRACKET............................
SHACKLE AND CHAIN ASSEMBLY.......................................................
. CHAIN ASSEMBLY, SINGLE LEG .......................................................
. SHACKLE .............................................................................................
. . PIN, STRAIGHT, HEADED.................................................................
. . COTTER PIN ......................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
GASKET..................................................................................................
BUMPER, NONMETALLIC .....................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
BAR, MOUNTING....................................................................................
GUARD, SPLASH, VEHICULAR .............................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
STEP .......................................................................................................

18-1

2
1
2
2
10
14
4
24
8
8
8
8
2
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
4
4
8
8
8
2
2
8
6
6
6
3

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 18. Trailer Assembly Components (Sheet 2 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1501 0018 FRAME ASSEMBLY
FIG. 18 TRAILER ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
38
39
40
41

PAOZZ
MOOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ

98255
98255
98255
98255

SW34749-1
SW34749-2
SW34749-3
SW25435

MAT, STORAGE BOX USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP................
MAT, STORAGE BOX USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP................
MAT, STORAGE BOX USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP................
D-RING....................................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

18-2

1
1
1
22

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 19. Tow Bar Assembly

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1503 0019 PINTLES AND TOWING ATTACHMENTS
FIG. 19 TOW BAR ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

PAFZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ

98255
96906
0HUY6
98255
98255
80204
96906
74410
81349

SW27025
MS15003-6
115 7427B 102
SW29648
SW26981
B1821BH075C300N
MS27183-23
DB-1385
M45913/2-12CG5C

TOW BAR, MOTOR VEHICLE ................................................................
FITTING, LUBRICATION.........................................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
BUSHING, FLANGED .............................................................................
KNUCKLE, TOWBAR .............................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
COUPLER, DRAWBAR, RING ................................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
END OF FIGURE

19-1

1
2
2
2
1
4
8
1
4

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 20. Front Leveling Valve and Air Bags

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1601 0020 SPRINGS
FIG. 20 FRONT LEVELING VALVE AND AIR BAGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOOO
KFFZZ
KFFZZ
KFFZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

98255
93061
06721
06721
06721
06721
81343
98255
80204
93061
96906
96906
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
96906
79470

SW13319P-0240
68NTA-6-4
N20404BE
100558
22-X-183
100558-A
6-4 100202BA
SW13319P-0840
B1821BH031C250N
272NTA-6-4
MS90725-60
MS35338-46
SW29636-1
SW25236
SW29636-2
MS35649-2312
MS35338-45
MS27183-12
3152X4

TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
ADAPTER, STRAIGHT, PIPE TO TUBE .................................................
VALVE, BRAKE, PNEUMATIC................................................................
. LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, UPPER PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ................
. CLAMP PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ......................................................
. LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, LOWER PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ...............
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
TEE, PIPE TO TUBE ...............................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
AIR SPRING PLATE ASSEMBLY ...........................................................
AIR SPRING, VEHICULAR .....................................................................
AIR SPRING PLATE ASSEMBLY ...........................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
PLUG, PIPE ............................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

20-1

2
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
4
1
16
16
1
2
1
4
4
4
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 21. Rear Leveling Valve and Air Bags

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1601 0021 SPRINGS
FIG. 21 REAR LEVELING VALVE AND AIR BAGS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

PAOZZ
MOOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
KFFZZ
KFFZZ
KFFZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PBOZZ
PAOZZ

93061
98255
96906
96906
06721
06721
06721
06721
81343
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255

68NTA-6-4
SW13319P-0600
MS90725-60
MS35338-46
N20404BE
100558
22-X-183
100558-A
6-4 100202BA
B1821BH031C250N
MS27183-12
MS35338-45
MS35649-2312
SW26639
SW25236

ADAPTER, STRAIGHT, PIPE TO TUBE .................................................
TUBE, NONMETALLIC: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER PFT-6B ...........
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
VALVE, BRAKE, PNEUMATIC................................................................
. LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, UPPER PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ................
. CLAMP PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ......................................................
. LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, LOWER PART OF KIT P/N RN10JJ ...............
ELBOW, PIPE TO TUBE.........................................................................
BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
SPACER, PLATE ....................................................................................
AIR SPRING, VEHICULAR .....................................................................
END OF FIGURE

21-1

2
2
16
16
1
1
2
1
3
2
2
2
2
2
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 22. Shock Absorbers

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1604 0022 SHOCK ABSORBER EQUIPMENT
FIG. 22 SHOCK ABSORBERS
1
2
3

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
98255
80205

MS90726-217
SW30434
MS21044N14

BOLT, MACHINE ....................................................................................
SHOCK ABSORBER, DIRECT ACTION .................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
END OF FIGURE

22-1

8
4
8

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 23. Front Suspension Assembly

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1605 0023 TORQUE, RADIUS, AND STABILIZER RODS
FIG. 23 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

PBFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PBFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PBFZZ

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
81349
98255
98255

SW25247
SW25238
SW25246
SW25239
SW25245
SW25243
1160519B301
507 7427B 000
1135873B105
115 7427B 102
M45913/1-16CG5C
SW25456
SW25252

LOCKING PLATE, NUT AND BOLT........................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
SPACER, PLATE ....................................................................................
BOLT, ASSEMBLED WASHER ..............................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
CONNECTING LINK, RIGID....................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
BAR, STABILIZER ..................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

23-1

1
1
2
1
1
1
4
2
4
4
2
2
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 24. Rear Suspension Assembly

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1605 0024 TORQUE, RADIUS, AND STABILIZER RODS
FIG. 24 REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PBFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PAFZZ
PBFZZ
PAFZZ

98255
98255
0HUY6
81349
98255
98255
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
98255
98255
98255
98255

SW25247
SW25238
115 7427B 102
M45913/1-16CG5C
SW25456
503 7264B 343
1135873B105
507 7427B 000
1160519B301
SW25246
SW25243
SW25245
SW25239

LOCKING PLATE, NUT AND BOLT........................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
ANTI-SWAY BAR ....................................................................................
SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD ...........................................................
CONNECTING LINK, RIGID....................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
BOLT, ASSEMBLED WASHER ..............................................................
SPACER, PLATE ....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON .........................................................................
END OF FIGURE

24-1

1
1
4
2
2
1
4
2
4
2
1
1
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 25. Side Panels

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1801 0025 BODY, CAB, HOOD, AND HULL ASSEMBLIES
FIG. 25 SIDE PANELS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

PBOZZ
PBOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
80205
80205
98255

SW26910
SW26911
SW27049
SW29772
SW29773
MS27183-18
MS24665-302
MS24665-357
SW34748

PANEL, BODY, VEHICULAR ..................................................................
DOOR, ACCESS .....................................................................................
HANDLE, BOLT ......................................................................................
TUBE.......................................................................................................
SPRING, HELICAL..................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
PIN, COTTER ..........................................................................................
PIN, COTTER ..........................................................................................
PIN, HINGE .............................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

25-1

2
2
4
4
4
4
4
8
8

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 26. Floor

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1805 0026 SUBFLOORS AND RELATED COMPONENTS
FIG. 26 FLOOR
1
2

PFOOO
MOOZZ

0YVA4
98255

AWX31969
SW31969-2

3

MOOZZ

98255

SW31969-1

4
5
6

PFOZZ
PFOZZ
PAOZZ

0YVA4
0YVA4
98255

SWX31969-3
SWX31969-4
SW25289

FLOOR KIT .............................................................................................
. BOARD, DECK: LENGTH 56.94 INCHES MAKE FROM
SWX31969-4 AT ASSEMBLY .................................................................
. BOARD, DECK: LENGTH 104.81 INCHES MAKE FROM
SWX31969-3 AT ASSEMBLY .................................................................
. BOARD, DECK: LENGTH 104.81 INCHES...........................................
. BOARD, DECK: LENGTH 56.94 INCHES.............................................
SCREW, TAPPING, THREAD FORMING ...............................................
END OF FIGURE

26-1

1
2
2
14
14
320

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 27. Stowage Door Assembly

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 1808 0027 STOWAGE RACKS, BOXES, STRAPS,
CARRYING CASES, CABLE REELS, HOSE REELS, ETC.
FIG. 27 STOWAGE DOOR ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9A
9B
9C

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PBOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
XAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906
98255
81349
96906
98255
96906

MS17830-3C
MS27183-42
MS35206-264
SW25157
SW13217E1155-1
MS27183-10
MS90725-6
SW21653
M45913/1-4-CG5C
MS90353-0503
SW25156
MS24693-S49

9D

PAOZZ

96906

MS35338-42

9E
10
11
12
13
14

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
MOOZZ

96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255

MS35649-282
MS35206-266
SW25055
MS35338-43
MS35649-202
SW26522-2

15

MOOZZ

98255

SW26522-1

NUT, SELF-LOCKING, HEXAGON .........................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
DOOR, ACCESS .....................................................................................
. HANDLE, DOOR ...................................................................................
. WASHER, FLAT....................................................................................
. SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON HEAD .........................................................
. DOOR, STORAGE ................................................................................
. NUT, SELF-LOCKING ..........................................................................
RIVET......................................................................................................
HINGE, DOOR, REAR.............................................................................
SCREW, MACHINE USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP
(ALTERNATE REPAIR)...........................................................................
WASHER, LOCK USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP
(ALTERNATE REPAIR)...........................................................................
NUT USED ON SERIAL NO. 2001 AND UP (ALTERNATE REPAIR)......
SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
PLATE, MENDING ..................................................................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
GASKET: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER ASTM-D-1056
(22.5 INCHES) ........................................................................................
GASKET: MAKE FROM PART NUMBER ASTM-D-1056
(10.3 INCHES) ........................................................................................
END OF FIGURE

27-1

1
7
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
8
1
8
8
8
6
1
6
6
2
2

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 28. Reflectors

C01

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 2202 0028 ACCESSORY ITEMS
FIG. 28 REFLECTORS
1
2
3
4
5

PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906

MS35206-265
MS27183-42
SW25444-1
SW25444-2
MS35338-43
MS35649-202

SCREW, MACHINE.................................................................................
WASHER, FLAT......................................................................................
REFLECTOR, INDICATING, CLEARANCE: AMBER..............................
REFLECTOR, INDICATING, CLEARANCE: RED ...................................
WASHER, LOCK.....................................................................................
NUT, PLAIN, HEXAGON HEAD ..............................................................
END OF FIGURE

28-1

16
16
4
4
16
16

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 29. Identification Plates (Sheet 1 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 2210 0029 DATA PLATES AND INSTRUCTION HOLDERS
FIG. 29 IDENTIFICATION PLATES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

PFOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PFOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

98255
07707
96906
81349
58536
98255
98255
81349
98255

SW25458
AD64H
MS53007-1
M24243/6-A404H
A-A-52483
SW25457
SW32560
M24243/6-A606H
SW31723

PLATE, INSTRUCTION USED ON SER. NO. 2000 AND BELOW ..........
RIVET, BLIND .........................................................................................
PLATE, IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................
RIVET, BLIND .........................................................................................
PLATE, IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................
PLATE, IDENTIFICATION .......................................................................
PLATE, IDENTIFICATION USED ON SER. NO. 2000 AND BELOW ......
RIVET, BLIND .........................................................................................
PLATE, INSTRUCTION ...........................................................................

29-1

1
19
1
4
1
1
1
4
1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 29. Identification Plates (Sheet 2 of 2)

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 2210 0029 DATA PLATES AND INSTRUCTION HOLDERS
FIG. 29 IDENTIFICATION PLATES
10

PAOZZ

98255

SW32558

PLATE, IDENTIFICATION USED ON SER. NO. 2000 AND BELOW ......
END OF FIGURE

29-2

1

SECTION II

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

Figure 30. Inserter, Bearing, and Bushing

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 2604 0030 SPECIAL TOOLS (REPAIR PARTS)
FIG. 30 INSERTER, BEARING, AND BUSHING
1
2
3

XAOZZ
XAOZZ
XAOZZ

98255
98255
98255

SW26788
SW26790
SW26789

TOOL, BEARING-HANDLE.....................................................................
TOOL, BEARING ....................................................................................
TOOL, BEARING-BASE..........................................................................
END OF FIGURE

30-1/(30-2 blank)

1
1
1

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 9401 M1000 KITS
FIG. KIT KITS
1

2

PAOZZ

52304

127808

PAOZZ

52304
52304
52304
1MVZ1

79903
1000035
804017
808330

1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
06721
06721
06721
06721

819725
806234
808058
818278
314159
819725
806234
808058
818278
314159
RN10JJ
100558
100558-A
22-X-183

3

PAOZZ

4

PAOZZ

KIT, CAMSHAFT BUSHING USED ON SERIAL NUMBERS
2001 AND UP ..........................................................................................
. . SEAL, GREASE
(2) 8A-7
. . BUSHING, CAMSHAFT
(2) 8A-8
. . RING, RETAINING
(1) 8A-15
KIT, ROLLER MODULE USED ON SERIAL NUMBERS
2001 AND UP ..........................................................................................
. . SPRING, HELICAL EXTENSION
(2) 8A-25
. . ROLLER, BRAKE SHOE
(2) 8A-2
. . RETAINER, ROLLER
(2) 8A-3
. . SPRING, HELICAL EXTENSION
(1) 8A-21
PARTS KIT, BRAKE, MAJOR OVERHAUL ............................................
. . SPRING, HELICAL EXTENSION
(2) 8A-25
. . ROLLER, BRAKE SHOE
(2) 8A-2
. . RETAINER, ROLLER
(2) 8A-3
. . SPRING, HELICAL EXTENSION
(1) 8A-21
. . BRAKE SHOE/LINING ASSEMBLY (2) 8A-1
REPAIR KIT, VERTICAL LINKAGE ........................................................
. . LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, UPPER
(1) 20-4/21-6
. . LINKAGE ASSEMBLY, LOWER
(1) 20-6/21-8
. . CLAMP
(2) 20-5/21-7
END OF FIGURE

KITS-1/(KITS-2 blank)

V

V

V

V

SECTION II

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 9501 BULK HARDWARE SUPPLIES AND BULK MATERIEL,
COMMON
FIG. BULK BULK
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ

61424
52540
70485
81346
01276
01276
01276
19207
19207
19207

PFT-6B
3250-10103
X-982
ASTM-D-1056
FC425-12
FC425-24
FC425-32
8376127
8376128
8376130

HOSE, NONMETALLIC...........................................................................
HOSE, NONMETALLIC...........................................................................
NONMETALLIC CHANNEL.....................................................................
RUBBER SHEET, CELLULAR................................................................
TUBING, NONMETALLIC .......................................................................
TUBING, NONMETALLIC .......................................................................
TUBING, NONMETALLIC .......................................................................
CONDUIT, NONMETALLIC.....................................................................
TUBING, NONMETALLIC .......................................................................
TUBING, NONMETALLIC .......................................................................
END OF FIGURE

BULK-1

V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V

SECTION III

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

Figure 31. Special Tools

C01

SECTION III

(1)
ITEM
NO.

(2)
SMR
CODE

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

(3)
CAGEC

(4)
PART
NUMBER

C01

(5)

(6)

DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

QTY

GROUP 2604 0031 SPECIAL TOOLS
FIG. 31 SPECIAL TOOLS
1
2

PEOZZ
PEOZZ

98255
65814

SW26878
47

INSERTER, BEARING AND BUSHING...................................................
WRENCH, OPEN END ............................................................................
END OF FIGURE

31-1/(31-2 blank)

1
1

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER
4730-00-012-7951
4730-00-014-4027
5310-00-014-5850
6240-00-019-0877
6240-00-019-3093
6240-00-044-6914
5310-00-045-3296

5310-00-045-3299
5340-00-057-2904
5340-00-057-2906

5999-00-057-2929
5305-00-059-3664
5310-00-067-6356
5305-00-068-0500
5305-00-068-0502
4730-00-069-1187

5305-00-071-2077
5305-00-071-2505
5310-00-080-6004
5310-00-081-4219

5310-00-088-1251
5310-00-122-7102
5940-00-143-4793
5940-00-143-4794
3110-00-163-7713
4730-00-164-1923
5935-00-167-7775
4730-00-172-0028
4730-00-172-0034
5330-00-172-1919
6220-00-179-4324
5315-00-187-9591
4730-00-200-0257
5310-00-208-9255
5310-00-209-0965
5310-00-225-6408
5306-00-226-4825
5306-00-226-4831
5306-00-226-4835
5315-00-234-1864
5310-00-245-3615
5305-00-269-3211

FIG.
20
10
27
28
1
2
2
1A
3
27
28
27
3
3
3
13
1
2
2
19
6
27
11
11
12
20
21
18
18
18
10
11
20
21
3
27
17
3
3
14
8A
4
17
19
12
2
14
12
2
6
17
14
11
20
21
25
10
18
20
21

ITEM
19
12
2
2
5
7
8
11
7
12
4
9D
19
8
22
16
2
12
18
9
1
7
15
19
1
7
9
27
33
11
6
3
18
11
2
9
12
11
10
2
17
2
1
2
3
9
8
10
16
10
7
9
5
9
10
7
8
35
11
3

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

5310-00-274-8715
4730-00-277-8289
4730-00-278-4822
5975-00-284-7338
5306-00-286-0481
4730-00-289-0155
5120-00-293-1531
5315-00-298-1481

6
10
11
BULK
12
11
31
17
25
1
1
1
18
1
10
10
11
18
20
21
14
10
11
27
BULK
2
4
22
13
1
2
1
12
18
18
12
1
2
18
20
21
18
1
8
8A
17
15
18
12
1
18
18
6
8
8A
3
12
8
8A
3

6220-00-299-7425
6220-00-299-7426
5330-00-353-0959
2530-00-359-1162
6250-00-371-4018
4820-00-377-8780
5310-00-407-9566

2530-00-426-8971
4730-00-427-5121
5310-00-436-3290
9390-00-442-6321
5331-00-462-0907
5935-00-462-6603
5310-00-497-3895
5975-00-570-9598
5935-00-572-9180
6220-00-577-3434
5310-00-582-5965
5310-00-584-5272
4730-00-595-0083
5310-00-596-8169
5310-00-637-9541

5305-00-725-2317
6220-00-726-1916
5305-00-726-2550
5305-00-726-2555
2640-00-729-6081
5310-00-732-0558
2940-00-741-1081
6220-00-752-6516
5310-00-761-3706
5310-00-761-6882
5310-00-763-8905

5935-00-773-1428
2530-00-797-9295
5310-00-800-0695
5310-00-809-4058

I-1

ITEM
2
17
9
8
23
2
2
8
6
6
3
1
4
18
7
2
36
17
12
10
11
20
1
6
6
3
15
11
13
1
11
29
22
4
9
2
10
12
4
12
1
20
22
8
2
9
14
8
23
28
11
17
19
3
9
18
20
4

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

5310-00-809-4058

12
18
27
18
25
19
1A
23
24
10
12
13
14
11
20
21
1
2
13
17
18
27
27
6
29
29
17
3
18
27
1A
3
13
27
28
19
17
29
22
2
1
27
1A
28
3
27
3
29
29
4
BULK
4
8
8
8
8A
6
8
8A
8
8A

5310-00-809-5998
5310-00-809-8533
5310-00-809-8546
5310-00-811-1377
4730-00-817-6578
5310-00-820-6653
3110-00-829-0575
5310-00-829-9981

5310-00-833-8567
5315-00-839-5822
5315-00-842-3045
5315-00-849-9857
5305-00-857-6822
5320-00-866-4982
5310-00-880-7745
5320-00-882-8385
5320-00-882-8386
5305-00-889-3116
5340-00-905-0790
5305-00-914-7648
5310-00-934-9757
5310-00-934-9758

5305-00-947-4354
5310-00-950-1310
5320-00-956-7355
5305-00-958-8463
5305-00-984-5688
5305-00-984-6208
5305-00-984-6211
5305-00-984-6212
5305-00-984-6213
5305-00-988-1726
9905-00-999-7369
9905-00-999-7370
5940-01-006-4487
4720-01-009-9058
9905-01-013-8723
2530-01-023-7015
5315-01-025-2847
5305-01-033-2659
5340-01-043-7078
5310-01-058-4589
5360-01-058-8253
5365-01-059-0126

ITEM
12
30
6
26
6
7
10
11
4
25
5
4
5
1
16
13
12
14
6
11
21
9C
9A
9
8
4
21
23
4
9E
9
6
11
13
5
6
20
2
1
1
7
3
12
1
14
10
5
5
3
5

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

4730-01-062-2570
4730-01-062-2570
6220-01-067-4717
5306-01-075-8519

20
21
2
10
18
11
2
10
10
10
12
11
10
11
20
10
17
11
18
8
8A
8
8A
18
BULK
18
4
8
8
8A
8
8A
13
19
3
13
BULK
10
12
13
2
8
15
18
3
3
KIT
BULK
13
13
15
18
27
29
2
BULK
16
8
23
24
18

4730-01-086-4068
6220-01-093-4439
4730-01-095-5833
4730-01-096-0574
4730-01-096-3169
4730-01-096-3204
4730-01-096-9128
4730-01-097-0386

4730-01-098-4494
5315-01-098-6455
4730-01-102-4123
4030-01-110-1982
5310-01-110-7815
5310-01-110-7816
5340-01-112-6396
9320-01-127-7855
4210-01-133-9053
5970-01-142-2282
5365-01-152-4536
2530-01-153-1464
5340-01-155-1840
5305-01-156-5418
5305-01-156-5419
5310-01-164-1136
2540-01-164-7252
5340-01-169-8331
4720-01-169-9891
5340-01-172-3737
4730-01-174-9405
5310-01-176-6495
5340-01-194-3128
5310-01-204-3342
5310-01-229-8029
5340-01-231-5359
2530-01-233-0113
4720-01-234-1733
5315-01-239-0884
5310-01-257-7715
5310-01-270-5463
5340-01-280-5124
5340-01-281-8354
9905-01-282-7981
6220-01-284-2709
4720-01-285-4608
2610-01-287-0731
2530-01-287-2167
5340-01-288-1311

3
3
2
9
11
22
12
14
19
13

5305-01-288-1413

I-2

ITEM
2
1
5
5
34
17
4
27
1
3
4
21
21
7
10
24
15
11
19
10
12
8
10
25
16
4
13
6
5
16
18
7
8
20
12
23
7
8
3
11
3
3
13
21
1
1
5
3
13
4
6
10
1
1
1
1
5

SECTION IV

TM 10-6640-238-23P

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
5305-01-288-1414
5305-01-288-1416
5365-01-288-1488
5365-01-288-1489
5365-01-288-1502
4720-01-288-1948
4730-01-288-3583
2530-01-288-4049
2530-01-288-4050
2530-01-288-4051
2530-01-288-4052
5305-01-288-4516
5330-01-288-4539
5310-01-288-5098
5365-01-288-5119
5340-01-288-5122
5340-01-288-5131
5342-01-288-5135
3110-01-288-5757
2530-01-288-5793
2530-01-288-5878
5306-01-288-9351
2530-01-288-9640
4720-01-288-9664
2510-01-288-9757
2510-01-288-9758
2530-01-288-9797
3040-01-288-9840
2530-01-288-9854
2530-01-289-1013
2530-01-289-1037
2540-01-289-1105
2530-01-289-1475
2530-01-289-3782
2530-01-289-3783
2540-01-289-3799
2530-01-289-3954
2530-01-289-3959
2530-01-289-3960
2530-01-289-3963
5315-01-289-5046
5342-01-289-7577
2530-01-289-8284
2530-01-289-8285
2510-01-289-8286
4720-01-289-8291
5340-01-289-8326
2530-01-289-8389
2530-01-289-8390
2530-01-289-9731
2540-01-290-0757
9905-01-290-1980
9905-01-290-1981
5315-01-290-2742
9905-01-290-4751

FIG.
18
23
24
6
6
12
11
12
6
8
8
9
13
6
6
6
23
24
27
6
25
6
12
17
14
11
11
23
20
21
10
23
24
17
11
8
17
14
6
6
27
7
17
6
15
6
18
20
21
10
22
11
8
8
9
17
18
28
28
17
29

STOCK NUMBER

ITEM

5230-01-290-9288
5330-01-291-5071
5360-01-291-5628
2530-01-291-5798
2530-01-291-5872
5310-01-292-7088
5310-01-292-7088
5310-01-292-7255

6
2
2
7
8
13
12
6
6
21
21
1
10
12
4
14
5
12
11
3
2
13
2
3
3
4
16
13
14
15
9
8
8
13
24
7
17
4
20
20
5
1
3
5
1
15
7
3
5
19
2
13
7
21
1
9
14
3
3
10
1

5310-01-292-7256
5310-01-292-9430
5310-01-292-9481
5306-01-292-9484
6150-01-293-5749
5315-01-293-9604
3130-01-294-3164
6150-01-296-3046
5120-01-296-3099
6220-01-297-3217
5305-01-299-6588
2510-01-299-9433
7690-01-300-0777
2530-01-301-3033
5310-01-309-7072
5305-01-309-7720
5306-01-310-6729
4720-01-339-8531
2510-01-339-8590
2590-01-340-0270
5310-01-340-0349
2540-01-340-0460
2530-01-340-0466
5310-01-340-4628

5330-01-340-4660
4010-01-341-3308
2530-01-341-5031
5340-01-341-9521
5365-01-342-8607
4730-01-348-6542
5360-01-351-9351
5310-01-352-2752
2510-01-352-3798
2510-01-352-3799
2510-01-352-3800
2590-01-352-6817
5315-01-352-7448
3120-01-352-7556
5305-01-353-1284
5340-01-353-1361
5320-01-353-1418
5340-01-353-4525
2530-01-353-8524
5320-01-353-9351

I-3

FIG.
14
14
8
8
8
23
24
23
24
23
24
14
14
23
24
3
18
8
4
31
2
26
25
8
13
18
23
24
14
11
24
8
8A
17
19
5
19
23
24
18
18
19
11
21
10
11
25
2
26
26
26
8
17
19
23
24
18
2
20
8
1

ITEM
12
1
22
5
4
4
13
7
9
3
10
7
6
6
11
1
20
7
1
1
11
6
1
23
2
8
9
7
3
10
6
14
16
18
1
1
3
10
3
24
17
5
25
14
16
18
5
17
1
3
2
15
19
4
12
5
31
15
13
4
10

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX
STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

5320-01-353-9351
4010-01-353-9368
4010-01-353-9428
2510-01-354-0471
2510-01-354-0472
2530-01-354-0585
2530-01-354-0586
2590-01-354-1130
2530-01-354-2886
2530-01-354-3045
4710-01-354-9272
4710-01-354-9273
5340-01-354-9683
4820-01-355-0383
4720-01-355-0491
5320-01-355-1419
5340-01-355-8612
9905-01-355-9390
9905-01-358-2769
6150-01-358-9377
5310-01-361-1144
5120-01-367-2461
5330-01-387-7303
2540-01-438-6034
2610-01-452-0605
6150-01-459-1811
5310-01-478-7311
6620-01-482-5320
6220-01-482-5444
6220-01-482-5574
6220-01-482-6113
2510-01-482-9638

1A
17
17
26
26
17
17
18
13
8
17
17
20
10
BULK
18
13
29
29
3
17
25
14
18
16
1A
8A
1A
1A
1A
1A
27

ITEM
13
16
14
4
5
4
5
2
9
7
6
6
15
10
15
3
10
7
9
3A
3
11
32
1
6
24
4
4
1
1
9B

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

6220-01-482-9850
2530-01-482-9908
2530-01-482-9924
2530-01-482-9927
2530-01-482-9929
3040-01-482-9983
2530-01-483-0024
2530-01-483-0037
2590-01-483-0045
2530-01-483-0046
2530-01-483-0049
2590-01-483-0071
2590-01-483-0074
2590-01-483-0084
5975-01-483-0287
5975-01-483-0302
5340-01-483-0332
2530-01-483-0343
2510-01-483-0468
5315-01-483-0771
3120-01-483-0780
2540-01-484-6928
2540-01-484-7214
2540-01-484-7219
6150-01-484-8825
5365-01-484-9017
5365-01-484-9121

2
8A
8A
8A
8A
KIT
KIT
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
BULK
BULK
6
8
18
25
25
18
18
18
3
18
6
6
6
6
KIT

5330-01-484-9169
4810-01-484-9690

I-4

ITEM
19
23
4
6
4
3
2
23
9
23
23
9
9
9

21
21
37
9
4
38
39
40
15
41
17
24
18
23
4

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

81348
58536
07707
88044
81346
0YVA4
23705
96906
58536
58536
58536
11815
80204
80204
80204
80204

A-A-52463-B10
A-A-52483
AD64H
AN415-7
ASTM-D-1056
AWX31969
A298749
A52427-L-1.125
A52463-1-08
A52463-1-09
A52484-1
BAPKTR-66
B1821BH025C088N
B1821BH031C075N
B1821BH031C150N
B1821BH031C250N

6240-00-044-6914
9905-00-999-7369
5320-00-956-7355
5315-01-098-6455
9320-01-127-7855
2510-01-352-3798
2530-00-797-9295
5310-01-270-5463
6240-00-019-0877
6240-00-019-3093
4730-00-595-0083
5320-01-353-1418
5305-00-071-2505
5306-00-226-4825
5306-00-226-4831
5306-00-226-4835

80204
80204
80204

B1821BH038C150N
B1821BH050C350N
B1821BH063F175N

5305-00-725-2317
5305-00-071-2077
5305-00-726-2550

80204
80204
80204
78553
74410
01276
01276
01276
01276
81348
81348
75535
81348
06721
46717
98255
9K475
96906
96906
96906
96906
80205
96906
96906
96906

B1821BH063F300N
B1821BH075C300N
B1821BH075F150N
C1059-014-1
DB-1385
FC425-12
FC425-24
FC425-32
FD45-1040-06
FFB187/01-500
FFB187/01-652
G-213-5/8 IN
GP3A/15.00-22.50/H/TBTR
KN36450
L6451-101
MGLP-RG-7
MGLP-R6-7
MS15003-4
MS15003-6
MS17830-3C
MS21044C3
MS21044N14
MS21333-65
MS21333-71
MS21333-73

5305-00-726-2555
5305-00-947-4354
5305-00-914-7648
5310-00-596-8169
2540-01-164-7252
4720-01-355-0491
4720-01-285-4608
4720-01-234-1733
5340-01-172-3737
3110-00-829-0575
3110-00-163-7713
4030-01-110-1982
2610-01-287-0731
5340-01-355-8612
5315-00-187-9591
5320-01-353-9351
5320-01-353-9351
4730-00-172-0028
4730-00-172-0034
5310-00-436-3290
5310-00-208-9255
5310-00-497-3895
5340-00-905-0790
5340-00-057-2904
5340-00-057-2906

96906

MS21919WCG18

5340-01-169-8331

96906

MS21919WCG28

5340-01-231-5359

80205
96906
80205

MS24665-302
MS24665-353
MS24665-357

5315-00-234-1864
5315-00-839-5822
5315-00-298-1481

80205
80205
96906
96906
96906

MS24665-421
MS24665-499
MS24693-S49
MS25036-110
MS25036-112

5315-00-849-9857
5315-00-842-3045
5305-00-857-6822
5940-00-143-4793
5940-00-143-4794

I-5

FIG.

ITEM

2
29
29
17
BULK
26
12
15
1
2
12
2
18
14
11
20
21
18
18
8
8A
17
19
18
1
19
BULK
BULK
BULK
10
14
14
18
16
13
14
1
1A
17
19
27
2
22
3
3
3
3
13
3
13
3
3
25
13
17
25
18
17
27
3
3

8
5
2
15
1
9
3
5
7
4
15
33
9
5
9
10
12
27
20
22
8
6
4
9
8

23
5
2
19
1
3
8
10
13
1
2
1
16
3
23
19
8
22
16
20
12
13
21
7
6
2
8
21
11
9C
11
10

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

96906
96906
96906

MS27142-2
MS27144-1
MS27183-10

5935-00-462-6603
5310-00-809-4058

96906

MS27183-12

5310-00-081-4219

96906
96906

MS27183-14
MS27183-18

5310-00-080-6004
5310-00-809-5998

96906
96906
96906

MS27183-23
MS27183-4
MS27183-42

5310-00-809-8533
5310-00-950-1310
5310-00-014-5850

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906

MS27183-8
MS3367-7-9
MS35206-213
MS35206-264
MS35206-265

5310-00-809-8546
5975-00-570-9598
5305-00-889-3116
5305-00-984-6211
5305-00-984-6212

96906

MS35206-266

5305-00-984-6213

96906
96906
96906

MS35206-282
MS35206-308
MS35335-39

5305-00-988-1726
5305-00-984-5688
5310-00-800-0695

96906
96906

MS35338-42
MS35338-43

5310-00-045-3299
5310-00-045-3296

96906

MS35338-44

5310-00-582-5965

96906

MS35338-45

5310-00-407-9566

96906

MS35338-46

5310-00-637-9541

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906

MS35338-47
MS35338-48
MS35338-50
MS35338-63
MS35421-1
MS35421-2
MS35423-1
MS35423-2
MS35649-202

5310-00-209-0965
5310-00-584-5272
5310-00-820-6653
5310-00-274-8715
6220-00-299-7425
6220-00-299-7426
6220-00-577-3434
6220-00-726-1916
5310-00-934-9758

96906

MS35649-282

5310-00-934-9757

I-6

FIG.

ITEM

4
4
3
12
18
27
10
11
20
21
18
18
25
19
17
27
28
1A
13
17
27
1A
28
3
27
3
2
8
8A
27
1A
3
27
28
12
18
10
11
18
20
21
2
18
20
21
6
18
13
6
1
1
1
1
1A
3
13
27
28
27

6
2
4
12
30
6
6
3
18
11
11
26
6
7
20
2
2
10
15
21
3
12
1
14
10
5
1
18
20
9D
11
7
12
4
11
29
7
2
36
17
12
2
10
12
4
10
22
4
2
6
6
1
1
9
6
11
13
5
9E

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

96906

MS35649-2312

5310-00-829-9981

96906

MS35649-2314

5310-00-245-3615

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
96906

MS35692-101
MS51958-68
MS51967-15
MS51967-2
MS51967-8
MS51968-11
MS51968-20

5310-00-122-7102
5305-00-059-3664
5310-00-761-3706
5310-00-761-6882
5310-00-732-0558
5310-00-880-7745
5310-00-763-8905

96906

MS51983-8

5310-01-229-8029

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906

MS52125-2
MS53007-1
MS90353-0503
MS90725-3
MS90725-302

6220-01-093-4439
9905-00-999-7370
5320-00-866-4982
5305-00-068-0500
5305-01-033-2659

96906

MS90725-36

5306-01-075-8519

96906
96906

MS90725-6
MS90725-60

5305-00-068-0502
5305-00-269-3211

96906
81349
81349
81349
81349
81349
81349
81349

MS90726-217
M23053/4-303-0
M24243/6-A404H
M24243/6-A606H
M24243/6-A804H
M43436/3-1
M45913/1-10FG5C
M45913/1-16CG5C

5305-00-958-8463
5970-01-142-2282
5320-00-882-8386
5320-00-882-8385
5320-01-355-1419
9905-01-013-8723
5310-00-225-6408
5310-00-811-1377

81349

M45913/1-4-CG5C

5310-00-088-1251

81349
81349
06721
80205
06721
06721
06721

M45913/2-12CG5C
M5501/7-F19
N-12971-B
NAS1149C0332R
N14488AC
N15758DB
N20404BE

5310-00-067-6356
5340-01-043-7078
2940-00-741-1081
5310-01-352-2752
2530-01-288-5793
2530-01-289-8285
2530-01-289-8284

06721
06721
06721
06721
61424
06721
0YVA4
0YVA4
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255

N30108BD
N4305A
N50037
N50037A
PFT-6B
RN10JJ
SWX31969-3
SWX31969-4
SW10010-0101
SW13217E1155-1
SW13319P-0080
SW13319P-0240
SW13319P-0320
SW13319P-0440
SW13319P-0600

2530-01-288-9640
2530-01-289-1013
2530-01-288-4052
2530-01-354-2886
4720-01-169-9891
4810-01-484-9690
2510-01-354-0471
2510-01-354-0472
4010-01-353-9368
2540-01-289-3799
2540-01-289-3799

I-7

FIG.

ITEM

11
20
21
10
18
17
2
18
18
18
6
6
8
8A
15
18
2
29
27
6
8
8A
10
18
27
20
21
22
4
29
29
18
4
17
23
24
3
27
19
6
12
2
12
10
20
21
11
11
13
13
BULK
KIT
26
26
17
27
11
20
11
10
21

1
16
13
8
35
12
18
23
28
9
9
11
17
19
3
3
4
3
9A
1
9
11
5
34
7
11
3
1
4
4
8
15
3
7
11
4
2
9
9
22
14
17
2
19
3
5
4
24
10
9
4
4
5
16
5
14
1
6
20
2

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

98255

SW13319P-0840

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255

SW13319P-0900
SW13319P-1200
SW13319P-1400
SW13319P-1900
SW13319P-2000
SW13319P-2440
SW13319P-2660
SW13321P-0800
SW13321P-0960
SW15460P-5
SW15460P-6
SW21641
SW21653
SW25055
SW25078
SW25081
SW25087
SW25138-1
SW25142
SW25156
SW25157
SW25175
SW25182
SW25189
SW25197-1
SW25197-2
SW25198-1
SW25198-2
SW25202
SW25203
SW25204
SW25206
SW25207
SW25209
SW25210
SW25211
SW25213
SW25214
SW25216
SW25219
SW25236

98255

SW25238

5305-01-288-1416

98255

SW25239

5310-01-292-7088

98255

SW25243

5306-01-292-9484

98255

SW25245

5365-01-288-5119

98255

SW25246

5310-01-292-7256

98255

SW25247

5340-01-288-1311

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255

SW25252
SW25289
SW25292
SW25336
SW25355

2510-01-288-9757
5305-01-299-6588
6150-01-293-5749
5365-01-288-1502
2530-01-288-9797

2540-01-290-0757
5340-01-288-5122
2540-01-289-1105
5342-01-289-7577
5340-01-280-5124
6150-01-296-3046
2510-01-482-9638
5340-01-281-8354
5315-01-352-7448
2530-01-289-3954
2530-01-301-3033

2530-01-289-9731
2530-01-288-9854
5305-01-288-4516
5315-01-289-5046
2530-01-289-3960
5330-01-288-4539
5340-01-288-5131
5310-01-288-5098
5365-01-288-1488
5365-01-288-1489
4730-01-288-3583
5315-01-290-2742
2530-01-289-3783
2530-01-289-3782
2510-01-288-9758

I-8

FIG.

ITEM

10
20
11
10
10
10
10
10
11
10
10
13
13
18
27
27
17
18
18
3
4
27
27
17
7
13
6
6
17
17
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
17
6
6
20
21
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
26
3
12
10

13
8
22
26
15
4
28
22
8
14
2
13
14
14
8
11
17
7
13
12
1
9B
4
19
1
2
25
25
9
13
12
15
5
4
3
14
7
8
6
10
20
20
14
15
2
2
4
13
6
11
5
12
3
10
1
1
13
6
1
13
9

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255

SW25371
SW25395
SW25403
SW25435
SW25444-1
SW25444-2
SW25456

2530-01-340-0466
5315-01-293-9604
5365-01-484-9017
9905-01-290-1980
9905-01-290-1981
5305-01-353-1284

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
9U920
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
3Z276
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
15434
83473
27783
70485
81348
20076
9R200

SW25457
SW25458
SW26521
SW26522-1
SW26522-2
SW26534
SW26535
SW26638
SW26639
SW26676
SW26788
SW26789
SW26790
SW26878
SW26910
SW26911
SW26981
SW27025
SW27049
SW29636-1
SW29636-2
SW29637
SW29638
SW29648
SW29658
SW29772
SW29773
SW30434
SW31258-1
SW31258-2
SW31259-1
SW31259-2
SW31259-3
SW31723
SW31802
SW31802-1
SW31969-1
SW31969-2
SW32558
SW32560
SW32969
SW32973
SW34748
SW34749-1
SW34749-2
SW34749-3
S00226800
TB-20
TR515
X-982
X/GP3/TYRA/CLA/T/385/65R22.5/J
05-09648-95
070308

9905-01-282-7981
9905-01-290-4751
5340-01-341-9521

5310-01-309-7072
4010-01-341-3308
4010-01-353-9428
5365-01-342-8607
5310-01-340-0349

5120-01-296-3099
2510-01-299-9433
5342-01-288-5135
2530-01-341-5031
2540-01-340-0460
5120-01-367-2461
5340-01-353-4525
5340-01-354-9683
2540-01-438-6034
5340-01-353-1361
3120-01-352-7556
5330-01-340-4660
3120-01-483-0780
5360-01-351-9351
2510-01-289-8286

6150-01-358-9377
6150-01-484-8825
2510-01-352-3799
2510-01-352-3800
9905-01-355-9390
9905-01-358-2769
2590-01-354-1130
2510-01-483-0468
5315-01-483-0771
2540-01-484-6928
2540-01-484-7214
2540-01-484-7219
4730-00-164-1923
5340-01-112-6396
2640-00-729-6081
9390-00-442-6321
2610-01-452-0605
2530-01-289-3963
2530-01-288-4050

I-9

FIG.

ITEM

18
5
18
18
28
28
23
24
29
29
11
27
27
18
18
17
21
17
30
30
30
31
25
25
19
19
25
20
20
18
18
19
18
25
25
22
4
4
4
4
4
29
3
3
26
26
29
29
18
18
25
18
18
18
8A
18
15
BULK
16
15
8

18
1
20
41
3
3
12
5
6
1
25
15
14
8
17
14
14
18
1
3
2
1
1
2
5
1
3
13
15
32
31
4
24
4
5
2
12
7
11
9
10
9
9
15
3
2
10
7
2
37
9
38
39
40
17
25
2
1
1
21

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

FIG.

ITEM

9R200
9R200
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
9R200
52304

070309
070326
07197
07198
07240
07406
07407
089899
1000035

2530-01-483-0343
5360-01-291-5628

81142
52304
7P109
18889
18889
9R200
06721

1000406
1000693
1001353
100170
100181
1001811
100558

06721

100558-A

06721
97111
0HUY6

10719
1100
1135873B105

4820-01-355-0383
4730-01-098-4494
5305-01-309-7720

0HUY6

115 7427B 102

5310-01-340-4628

0HUY6

1160519B301

5310-01-292-7255

19207
19207
19207
78500
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
19207
19207
52304
13548
13548
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37

11639519-2
11639520
11639535
1199J114C
12003BN
12004BN
12210-7
12210X
12211-7
12211X
12360850-1
12360870-2
127808
130255R
130255Y
143621-0014
143621-0015
143622-0001

5331-00-462-0907
6220-01-067-4717
6220-00-179-4324
2530-00-359-1162
2530-01-354-0585
2530-01-354-0586
4710-01-354-9273
2530-01-289-3959
4710-01-354-9272
2530-01-288-5878
6220-01-284-2709
6220-01-297-3217
2530-01-233-0113
6220-01-482-5444
6620-01-482-5320

0HJ37

143623-0001

5330-01-484-9169

98255
0HJ37
0HJ37
98255
79470
79470
98343
18889
0HJ37

143625-0002
143661-0008
143664-0007
143699-0019
1480X10
1480X6
1509
1540
163621-0004

5310-01-292-9481
5340-01-483-0332
3110-01-288-5757
5310-01-292-9430
4730-01-096-0574
4730-01-174-9405
5330-00-172-1919
2530-01-289-1475

8
8
1A
1A
2
1A
1A
8
8A
KIT
8
8
8
14
14
8
20
21
KIT
20
21
KIT
10
10
23
24
19
23
24
23
24
2
2
2
18
17
17
17
17
17
17
2
2
KIT
1A
1A
6
6
6
6
6
6
14
6
6
14
10
12
12
14
6

21
22
5
3
19
1
1
5
8
1
19
6
15
3
3
23
4
6
4
6
8
4
10
24
9
7
3
10
3
7
9
6
5
9
1
4
5
6
3
6
3
10
11
1
4
4
19
19
17
24
18
23
6
21
13
7
1
7
3
4
16

6220-01-482-9850
6220-01-482-6113
6220-01-482-5574
2530-01-291-5798

5360-01-058-8253
2530-01-153-1464
2590-01-352-6817
5306-01-288-9351
5306-01-310-6729
7690-01-300-0777

5365-01-484-9121

I-10

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

0HJ37
45152
06721
06721
98343
93061

163621-0005
18572FX
19100
193008
2-X-256
209P-8-4

4730-01-096-3204
5315-01-239-0884
5310-01-176-6495
5310-01-257-7715
4730-01-348-6542

19328
30379
06721

214405
2148946
22-X-183

5940-01-006-4487
4820-00-377-8780

93061
78500
52304

2202P6-6
2208N430 NON-ASBESTOS
23570

4730-00-278-4822
5330-01-387-7303
5310-01-058-4589

93061
93061
93061

269NTA-10-8
271NTA-6-6
272NTA-6-4

4730-01-102-4123
4730-01-086-4068
4730-01-097-0386

93061
39428
1MVZ1

279NTA-6-8
3043T19
314159

4730-01-096-3169
5306-00-286-0481

79470
79470

3152X4
3152X6

4730-00-012-7951
4730-00-427-5121

79470
79470
79470

3152X8
3200X6X4
3220X8X6

4730-00-014-4027
4730-00-200-0257
4730-00-817-6578

52540
78500
79470
95105
13548
52304
52304
52304
30327
76301
78502
78502
78502

3250-10103
3262W1245
3325X4
343-0586-000
3542
35428
39074
39075
4-469-F-06X04
4M36-11008
400-10005
409-10133
427-10401

4720-01-009-9058
2530-00-426-8971
4730-00-277-8289
5305-00-984-6208

52304

43943

5310-01-110-7815

80201
65814
98255
0HUY6

46304
47
503 7264B 343
507 7427B 000

5330-01-291-5071
5120-00-293-1531
2510-01-339-8590
3040-01-288-9840

79136
13548
34623
19204

5304-125
5370
5575569
572929

5365-01-152-4536
5340-01-194-3128
5999-00-057-2929

73331
73331
73331

5939830
5939831
5939841

6220-00-752-6516
6250-00-371-4018
5330-00-353-0959

5365-01-059-0126
2530-01-023-7015
5315-01-025-2847
4730-00-069-1187
5310-01-204-3342
2530-01-289-8390
2530-01-288-4051
2590-01-340-0270

I-11

FIG.

ITEM

6
12
13
13
13
10
11
4
10
20
21
KIT
11
14
8
8A
11
11
10
11
20
10
12
KIT
KIT
20
10
11
10
12
10
12
BULK
14
10
1
1A
8A
8
8
11
8
9
9
8
8A
8
8A
14
31
24
23
24
8
1A
2
1
2
1
1
1

16
4
1
8
5
16
18
5
18
5
7
4
9
11
12
14
11
17
21
7
10
3
8
3
3
19
11
20
12
10
25
5
10
17
7
8
13
3
2
19
11
1
1
14
16
10
12
1
2
6
8
8
13
7
3
2
12
8
4
3

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

81343

6-4 100202BA

4730-00-069-1187

81343
81343
98343
58429
58429
58429

6-6 120202BA
6-6-6-120425BA
6178617
62W3506B0
62W3554B0
62W3572B0

4730-00-289-0155
4730-01-095-5833
5310-01-164-1136
4720-01-339-8531
4720-01-288-9664
4720-01-288-1948

58429
18889
13548
93061

62W3584B0
65651B
6625A
68NTA-6-4

4720-01-289-8291
5230-01-290-9288

93061
19207
03670
52304

68NTA-6-6
7731428
79734
79903

4730-01-096-9128
5935-00-773-1428
4210-01-133-9053

52304

804017

52304
52304
52304
1MVZ1

804023
804703
805714
806234

5305-01-156-5418
5305-01-156-5419
2530-01-287-2167

1MVZ1
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1

806380
807488
807489
807496
807497
807614
807615
807858
807859
808058
808058

5310-01-478-7311
2530-01-289-1037
2530-01-354-3045
2530-01-291-5872
2530-01-353-8524
2530-01-289-8389
2530-01-288-4049
2530-01-483-0046
2530-01-483-0037

1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
9R200
9R200
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1

808076
808077
808330
808750
808751
811104
811105
818278

2530-01-482-9908
2530-01-483-0049
2530-01-483-0024
3130-01-294-3164
5340-01-289-8326
2530-01-482-9924
2530-01-482-9929

1MVZ1

819725

1MVZ1
19207

819756
8338566

5935-00-572-9180

19207

8338567

5310-00-833-8567

19207
19207

8376127
8376128

5975-00-284-7338
5975-01-483-0287

4730-01-062-2570

I-12

FIG.

ITEM

11
12
20
21
11
10
13
11
11
11
12
11
14
1A
20
21
11
3
18
8A
KIT
8A
KIT
8
8A
8
8A
KIT
KIT
8A
8
8
8
8
8
8
8A
8A
8A
KIT
KIT
8A
8A
KIT
8
8
8A
8A
8A
KIT
KIT
8A
KIT
KIT
8A
1
2
1
2
BULK
BULK

15
1
7
9
23
27
7
10
16
12
6
13
12
2
2
1
21
3
16
7
1
15
1
16
18
1
2
2
3
24
7
7
4
4
21
21
23
23
3
2
3
23
23
2
7
7
4
4
21
2
3
25
2
3
1
11
13
12
14

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
PART NUMBER INDEX
CAGEC

PART NUMBER

STOCK NUMBER

19207
98255
52304
52304

8376130
8376130-288
89899
90414

5975-01-483-0302
5340-01-155-1840
5310-01-110-7816

39428
39428
93019
13548
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1

91255A120
91255A999
9189-96
94626
953800
953801
973955
975288
975289

5305-01-288-1413
5305-01-288-1414
5310-01-361-1144
6150-01-459-1811
2590-01-483-0071
2590-01-483-0084
2530-01-482-9927
2590-01-483-0045
2590-01-483-0074

I-13

FIG.

ITEM

BULK
4
8A
8
8A
18
18
17
1A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A

8
5
8
10
5
6
3A
6
9
9
6
9
9

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
BULK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3

ITEM

1
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

4720-01-169-9891
4720-01-009-9058
9390-00-442-6321
9320-01-127-7855
4720-01-355-0491
4720-01-285-4608
4720-01-234-1733
5975-00-284-7338
5975-01-483-0287
5975-01-483-0302
6220-00-577-3434
6220-00-726-1916
5999-00-057-2929
5330-00-353-0959
6250-00-371-4018
6240-00-019-0877
6220-00-299-7425
6220-00-299-7426
5305-00-984-6208
6220-00-752-6516
5310-00-596-8169
5320-01-353-9351
5935-00-572-9180
5310-00-833-8567
6220-01-482-5574
6220-01-482-6113

61424
52540
70485
81346
01276
01276
01276
19207
19207
19207
96906
96906
19204
73331
73331
58536
96906
96906
95105
73331
78553
98255
19207
19207
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
13548
96906
96906
96906
96906
9K475
96906
96906
34623
96906
19207
19207
58536
81348
19207
19207
19207
19204
19207
19207
11815
96906
80205
96906
13548
98255
81349
19207

PFT-6B
3250-10103
X-982
ASTM-D-1056
FC425-12
FC425-24
FC425-32
8376127
8376128
8376130
MS35423-1
MS35423-2
572929
5939841
5939831
A52463-1-08
MS35421-1
MS35421-2
343-0586-000
5939830
C1059-014-1
MGLP-RG-7
8338566
8338567
7407
7406
6625A
7198
130255R
130255Y
7197
94626
5370
3542
MS35649-202
MS27183-8
MS35338-43
MS35206-265
MGLP-R6-7
MS35206-308
MS35338-46
5575569
MS52125-2
11639520
11639519-2
A52463-1-09
A-A-52463-B10
11639535
12360850-1
12360870-2
572929
8338566
8338567
BAPKTR-66
MS21044C3
NAS1149C0332R
MS51958-68
7240
SW25292
M45913/1-4-CG5C
7731428

6220-01-482-5444
6620-01-482-5320
6150-01-459-1811

5310-00-934-9758
5310-00-809-8546
5310-00-045-3296
5305-00-984-6212
5320-01-353-9351
5305-00-984-5688
5310-00-637-9541
5340-01-194-3128
6220-01-093-4439
6220-01-067-4717
5331-00-462-0907
6240-00-019-3093
6240-00-044-6914
6220-00-179-4324
6220-01-284-2709
6220-01-297-3217
5999-00-057-2929
5935-00-572-9180
5310-00-833-8567
5320-01-353-1418
5310-00-208-9255
5310-01-352-2752
5305-00-059-3664
6220-01-482-9850
6150-01-293-5749
5310-00-088-1251
5935-00-773-1428

I-14

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
19
19
20
20
21
22
23
24
25

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

5310-00-809-4058
5305-00-988-1726
5310-00-934-9758
5310-00-045-3296
5340-00-057-2906
6150-01-358-9377
5940-00-143-4794
5940-00-143-4793

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255

MS27183-10
MS35206-282
MS35649-202
MS35338-43
MS21333-73
SW31802
MS25036-112
MS25036-110
SW25138-1
MS21919WCG28
MS35206-266
SW31802-1

96906
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
96906
81349
81349
19328
96906
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
96906
98255
0HJ37
98255
98255
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
0HJ37
98255
98255
0HJ37
81349
0HJ37
0HJ37
98255

MS21333-71
MS21919WCG18
MS21919WCG28
MS21333-73
MS21333-65
SW25142
MS27144-1
M43436/3-1
M23053/4-303-0
214405
MS27142-2
SW31258-2
8376130-288
SW31259-2
SW31259-3
SW31259-1
SW31258-1
SW25395
MS90725-3
MS35338-63
SW25207
SW25206
SW25204
SW25213
SW25210
SW25211
MS51968-11
MS35338-47
MS51968-20
SW25202
143664-0007
SW25209
SW25203
163621-0005
163621-0004
143622-0001
143623-0001
143621-0015
143621-0014
SW25216
SW25219
143661-0008
M5501/7-F19
143623-0001
143622-0001
SW25197-1

5340-01-231-5359
5305-00-984-6213
6150-01-484-8825
DELETED
DELETED
DELETED
5340-00-057-2904
5340-01-169-8331
5340-01-231-5359
5340-00-057-2906
5340-00-905-0790
6150-01-296-3046
5935-00-167-7775
9905-01-013-8723
5970-01-142-2282
5940-01-006-4487
5935-00-462-6603

2530-01-340-0466
5305-00-068-0500
5310-00-274-8715
5340-01-288-5131
5330-01-288-4539
2530-01-289-3960
4730-01-288-3583
5365-01-288-1488
5365-01-288-1489
5310-00-880-7745
5310-00-209-0965
5310-00-763-8905
5305-01-288-4516
3110-01-288-5757
5310-01-288-5098
5315-01-289-5046

5365-01-484-9121
5330-01-484-9169

2530-01-289-3783
2530-01-289-3782
5340-01-483-0332
5340-01-043-7078
5330-01-484-9169
5365-01-484-9121

I-15

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

6
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A

25
1
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
7
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
21
21
21
22
23
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
23
23

STOCK NUMBER

2530-01-289-3954
2530-01-287-2167
5315-01-025-2847
2530-01-023-7015
2530-01-291-5872
2530-01-353-8524
2530-01-291-5798
2530-01-153-1464
5340-01-289-8326
3130-01-294-3164
2530-01-289-1037
2530-01-354-3045
5310-01-110-7816
5305-01-033-2659
5310-01-110-7815
5310-01-204-3342
5310-01-058-4589
5365-01-152-4536
2590-01-340-0270
2590-01-352-6817
5305-01-156-5418
5310-00-763-8905
5310-00-800-0695
5360-01-058-8253
5305-00-726-2550
2530-01-288-4049
2530-01-289-8389
2530-01-288-4050
2530-01-483-0343
5360-01-291-5628
7690-01-300-0777

2530-01-482-9924
2530-01-482-9929
5340-01-155-1840
2530-01-482-9927

2590-01-483-0045
2590-01-483-0071
2590-01-483-0074
2590-01-483-0084
5310-01-110-7816
5305-01-033-2659
5310-01-110-7815
5365-01-059-0126
5310-01-058-4589
2590-01-340-0270
4730-00-164-1923
5305-01-156-5419
5310-00-763-8905
5310-00-800-0695
5305-00-726-2550
2530-01-482-9908
2530-01-483-0037
2530-01-483-0046

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

98255
98255
52304
52304
52304
9R200
9R200
9R200
52304
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
52304
96906
52304
76301
52304
79136
78502
7P109
52304
96906
96906
81142
80204
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
9R200
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
52304
1MVZ1
52304
52304
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
52304
96906
52304
52304
52304
52304
78502
15434
52304
96906
96906
1MVZ1
80204
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1

SW25197-2
SW25182
805714
39075
39074
807496
807497
89899
1000693
808751
808750
807488
807489
90414
MS90725-302
43943
4M36-11008
23570
5304-125
427-10401
1001353
804023
MS51968-20
MS35335-39
1000406
B1821BH063F175N
807615
807614
70308
70309
70326
1001811
819756
806234
808058
811104
811105
89899
973955
79903
1000035
975288
953800
975289
953801
90414
MS90725-302
43943
35428
23570
804017
427-10401
S00226800
804703
MS51968-20
MS35335-39
818278
B1821BH063F175N
808076
807859
807858

I-16

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

8A
8A
8A
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12

23
24
25
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
1
2
3

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

2530-01-483-0049
5310-01-478-7311

1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
78502
78502
79470
98255
93061
98255
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
06721
79470
79470
98255
98255
98255
93061
79470
30379
06721
98255
93061
98255
01276
97111
79470
98255
81343
98255
96906
96906
96906
06721
80204
98255
93061
98255
93061
58429
93061
58429
58429
98255
81343
58429
93061
93061
30327
79470
93061
98255
81343
06721
98255
81343
06721
98343

808077
806380
819725
409-10133
400-10005
1480X10
SW13321P-0960
279NTA-6-8
SW13319P-1900
MS90725-36
MS27183-12
MS35338-45
MS35649-2314
SW25355
10719
3152X6
3152X8
SW13319P-0840
SW13321P-0800
SW13319P-1400
209P-8-4
3325X4
2148946
N15758DB
SW13319P-0440
272NTA-6-4
SW13319P-2440
FD45-1040-06
1100
3220X8X6
SW13319P-1200
6-6-6-120425BA
SW13319P-2000
MS35649-2312
MS35338-45
MS27183-12
N30108BD
B1821BH031C150N
SW13319P-0320
272NTA-6-4
SW13319P-2660
2202P6-6
62W3506B0
269NTA-10-8
62W3572B0
62W3584B0
SW13319P-0080
6-4 100202BA
62W3554B0
271NTA-6-6
209P-8-4
4-469-F-06X04
3152X6
68NTA-6-6
SW13319P-0900
6-6 120202BA
N4305A
SW26521
6-4 100202BA
N14488AC
1509

2530-01-288-4051
2530-01-289-8390
4730-01-096-0574
4730-01-096-3169
5306-01-075-8519
5310-00-081-4219
5310-00-407-9566
5310-00-245-3615
2530-01-288-9797
4820-01-355-0383
4730-00-427-5121
4730-00-014-4027

4730-01-348-6542
4730-00-277-8289
4820-00-377-8780
2530-01-289-8285
4730-01-097-0386
5340-01-172-3737
4730-01-098-4494
4730-00-817-6578
4730-01-095-5833
5310-00-829-9981
5310-00-407-9566
5310-00-081-4219
2530-01-288-9640
5306-00-226-4831
4730-01-097-0386
4730-00-278-4822
4720-01-339-8531
4730-01-102-4123
4720-01-288-1948
4720-01-289-8291
4730-00-069-1187
4720-01-288-9664
4730-01-086-4068
4730-01-348-6542
4730-00-069-1187
4730-00-427-5121
4730-01-096-9128
4730-00-289-0155
2530-01-289-1013
5340-01-341-9521
4730-00-069-1187
2530-01-288-5793
5330-00-172-1919

I-17

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17

4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
2
3
3
3A
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

4730-00-595-0083
4730-01-096-3204
4730-00-817-6578
4720-01-288-1948
4730-01-174-9405
5306-00-286-0481
2530-00-797-9295
4730-00-200-0257
5310-00-582-5965
5310-00-809-4058
5365-01-288-1502
2940-00-741-1081
5315-01-239-0884
2530-01-301-3033
5340-01-355-8612
5310-00-820-6653
5310-01-257-7715
5315-00-839-5822
5310-01-164-1136
5310-01-176-6495
2530-01-354-2886
2530-01-288-4052
5310-00-934-9758
5340-01-169-8331

58536
45152
79470
58429
79470
39428
23705
79470
96906
96906
98255
06721
06721
98255
06721
96906
98343
96906
98343
06721
06721
06721
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906
80201
81348
18889
18889
18889
81348
98255
98255
46717
80204
78500
78500
18889
20076
27783
96906
96906
81348
81348
96906
80205
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
93019
81349
80204
98255
98255
80205

A52484-1
18572FX
3220X8X6
62W3572B0
1480X6
3043T19
A298749
3200X6X4
MS35338-44
MS27183-10
SW25336
N-12971-B
19100
SW25189
KN36450
MS35338-50
2-X-256
MS24665-353
6178617
193008
N50037A
N50037
MS35649-202
MS21919WCG18
SW15460P-5
SW15460P-6
MS3367-7-9
MS21333-73
46304
FFB187/01-652
100170
100181
1540
FFB187/01-500
143625-0002
143699-0019
L6451-101
B1821BH031C075N
3262W1245
2208N430 NON-ASBESTOS
65651B
05-09648-95
TR515
MS51983-8
A52427-L-1.125
GP3A/15.00-22.50/H/TBTR
X/GP3/TYRA/CLA/T/385/65R22.5/J
MS15003-4
MS24665-357
12211X
12210X
9189-96
12003BN
12004BN
12211-7
12210-7
M45913/1-10FG5C
B1821BH063F300N
SW25198-1
SW25214
MS24665-499

5975-00-570-9598
5340-00-057-2906
5330-01-291-5071
3110-00-163-7713
5306-01-288-9351
5306-01-310-6729
2530-01-289-1475
3110-00-829-0575
5310-01-292-9481
5310-01-292-9430
5315-00-187-9591
5306-00-226-4825
2530-00-426-8971
5330-01-387-7303
5230-01-290-9288
2530-01-289-3963
2640-00-729-6081
5310-01-229-8029
5310-01-270-5463
2610-01-287-0731
2610-01-452-0605
4730-00-172-0028
5315-00-298-1481
2530-01-288-5878
2530-01-289-3959
5310-01-361-1144
2530-01-354-0585
2530-01-354-0586
4710-01-354-9272
4710-01-354-9273
5310-00-225-6408
5305-00-726-2555
2530-01-289-9731
5315-01-290-2742
5315-00-842-3045

I-18

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
17
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
19
20

12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

5310-00-122-7102
2530-01-288-9854
4010-01-353-9428
5315-01-098-6455
4010-01-353-9368
2540-01-289-1105
5310-01-340-0349
5315-01-352-7448
5310-00-950-1310
5305-00-889-3116
2530-00-359-1162
2590-01-354-1130
5310-01-229-8029
5305-00-914-7648
5305-01-288-1413
5305-01-288-1414
5342-01-289-7577
5310-01-309-7072
5310-00-732-0558
5310-00-637-9541
5310-00-080-6004
5305-00-725-2317
5340-01-280-5124
2540-01-290-0757
5320-01-355-1419
4210-01-133-9053
4010-01-341-3308

96906
98255
98255
88044
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
78500
98255
96906
80204
39428
39428
98255
9U920
96906
96906
96906
80204
98255
98255
81349
03670
98255
98255
75535
98255
80205
96906
96906
3Z276
83473
96906
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
0HUY6
98255
98255
80204
96906
74410
81349
98255

MS35692-101
SW25198-2
SW26638
AN415-7
SW10010-0101
SW25078
SW26676
SW25175
MS27183-4
MS35206-213
1199J114C
SW32969
MS51983-8
B1821BH075F150N
91255A120
91255A999
SW25081
SW26534
MS51967-8
MS35338-46
MS27183-14
B1821BH038C150N
SW25087
SW21641
M24243/6-A804H
79734
SW26535
SW25371
G-213-5/8 IN
SW25403
MS24665-421
MS35338-48
MS51967-15
SW29658
TB-20
MS27183-18
B1821BH050C350N
MS51967-2
MS35338-44
MS27183-10
SW29638
SW29637
B1821BH025C088N
MS90725-36
MS35649-2314
MS35338-45
SW32973
SW34749-1
SW34749-2
SW34749-3
SW25435
SW27025
MS15003-6
115 7427B 102
SW29648
SW26981
B1821BH075C300N
MS27183-23
DB-1385
M45913/2-12CG5C
SW13319P-0240

4030-01-110-1982
5315-01-293-9604
5315-00-849-9857
5310-00-584-5272
5310-00-761-3706
5330-01-340-4660
5340-01-112-6396
5310-00-809-5998
5305-00-071-2077
5310-00-761-6882
5310-00-582-5965
5310-00-809-4058
5340-01-353-1361
2540-01-438-6034
5305-00-071-2505
5306-01-075-8519
5310-00-245-3615
5310-00-407-9566
2510-01-483-0468
2540-01-434-6928
2540-01-434-7214
2540-01-434-7219
5365-01-484-9017
2540-01-340-0460
4730-00-172-0034
5310-01-340-4628
3120-01-352-7556
2530-01-341-5031
5305-00-947-4354
5310-00-809-8533
2540-01-164-7252
5310-00-067-6356

I-19

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

4730-01-062-2570
2530-01-289-8284

93061
06721
06721
06721
06721
81343
98255
80204
93061
96906
96906
98255
98255
98255
96906
96906
96906
79470
93061
98255
96906
96906
06721
06721
06721
06721
81343
80204
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
98255
80205
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
81349
98255
98255
98255
98255
0HUY6
81349
98255
98255
0HUY6
0HUY6
0HUY6
98255
98255
98255

68NTA-6-4
N20404BE
100558
22-X-183
100558-A
6-4 100202BA
SW13319P-0840
B1821BH031C250N
272NTA-6-4
MS90725-60
MS35338-46
SW29636-1
SW25236
SW29636-2
MS35649-2312
MS35338-45
MS27183-12
3152X4
68NTA-6-4
SW13319P-0600
MS90725-60
MS35338-46
N20404BE
100558
22-X-183
100558-A
6-4 100202BA
B1821BH031C250N
MS27183-12
MS35338-45
MS35649-2312
SW26639
SW25236
MS90726-217
SW30434
MS21044N14
SW25247
SW25238
SW25246
SW25239
SW25245
SW25243
1160519B301
507 7427B 000
1135873B105
115 7427B 102
M45913/1-16CG5C
SW25456
SW25252
SW25247
SW25238
115 7427B 102
M45913/1-16CG5C
SW25456
503 7264B 343
1135873B105
507 7427B 000
1160519B301
SW25246
SW25243
SW25245

4730-00-069-1187
5306-00-226-4835
4730-01-097-0386
5305-00-269-3211
5310-00-637-9541
5340-01-353-4525
2510-01-288-9758
5340-01-354-9683
5310-00-829-9981
5310-00-407-9566
5310-00-081-4219
4730-00-012-7951
4730-01-062-2570
5305-00-269-3211
5310-00-637-9541
2530-01-289-8284

4730-00-069-1187
5306-00-226-4835
5310-00-081-4219
5310-00-407-9566
5310-00-829-9981
5365-01-342-8607
2510-01-288-9758
5305-00-958-8463
2510-01-289-8286
5310-00-497-3895
5340-01-288-1311
5305-01-288-1416
5310-01-292-7256
5310-01-292-7088
5365-01-288-5119
5306-01-292-9484
5310-01-292-7255
3040-01-288-9840
5305-01-309-7720
5310-01-340-4628
5310-00-811-1377
5305-01-353-1284
2510-01-288-9757
5340-01-288-1311
5305-01-288-1416
5310-01-340-4628
5310-00-811-1377
5305-01-353-1284
2510-01-339-8590
5305-01-309-7720
3040-01-288-9840
5310-01-292-7255
5310-01-292-7256
5306-01-292-9484
5365-01-288-5119

I-20

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

24
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28
28
28
28
28
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
31
31
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT

13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
10
11
12
13
14
15
1
2
3
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
1
1

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

5310-01-292-7088
2510-01-299-9433
5342-01-288-5135
5120-01-367-2461
3120-01-483-0780
5360-01-351-9351
5310-00-809-5998
5315-00-234-1864
5315-00-298-1481
5315-01-483-0771
2510-01-352-3798
2510-01-352-3799
2510-01-352-3800
2510-01-354-0471
2510-01-354-0472
5305-01-299-6588
5310-00-436-3290
5310-00-014-5850
5305-00-984-6211
5340-01-281-8354
2540-01-289-3799
5310-00-809-4058
5305-00-068-0502

98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
96906
80205
80205
98255
0YVA4
98255
98255
0YVA4
0YVA4
98255
96906
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906
98255
81349
96906
98255
96906
96906
96906
96906
98255
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906
98255
98255
96906
96906
98255
07707
96906
81349
58536
98255
98255
81349
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
98255
65814
52304
52304
52304
52304

SW25239
SW26910
SW26911
SW27049
SW29772
SW29773
MS27183-18
MS24665-302
MS24665-357
SW34748
AWX31969
SW31969-2
SW31969-1
SWX31969-3
SWX31969-4
SW25289
MS17830-3C
MS27183-42
MS35206-264
SW25157
SW13217E1155-1
MS27183-10
MS90725-6
SW21653
M45913/1-4-CG5C
MS90353-0503
SW25156
MS24693-S49
MS35338-42
MS35649-282
MS35206-266
SW25055
MS35338-43
MS35649-202
SW26522-2
SW26522-1
MS35206-265
MS27183-42
SW25444-1
SW25444-2
MS35338-43
MS35649-202
SW25458
AD64H
MS53007-1
M24243/6-A404H
A-A-52483
SW25457
SW32560
M24243/6-A606H
SW31723
SW32558
SW26788
SW26790
SW26789
SW26878
47
127808
79903
1000035
804017

5310-00-088-1251
5320-00-866-4982
2510-01-482-9638
5305-00-857-6822
5310-00-045-3299
5310-00-934-9757
5305-00-984-6213
5340-01-288-5122
5310-00-045-3296
5310-00-934-9758

5305-00-984-6212
5310-00-014-5850
9905-01-290-1980
9905-01-290-1981
5310-00-045-3296
5310-00-934-9758
9905-01-290-4751
5320-00-956-7355
9905-00-999-7370
5320-00-882-8386
9905-00-999-7369
9905-01-282-7981
9905-01-358-2769
5320-00-882-8385
9905-01-355-9390

5120-01-296-3099
5120-00-293-1531
2530-01-233-0113

I-21

SECTION IV

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

C01

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX
FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBER INDEX
FIG.

ITEM

KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT
KIT

2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4

STOCK NUMBER

CAGEC

PART NUMBER

2530-01-483-0024

1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
1MVZ1
06721
06721
06721
06721

808330
819725
806234
808058
818278
314159
819725
806234
808058
818278
314159
RN10JJ
100558
100558-A
22-X-183

3040-01-482-9983

4810-01-484-9690

I-22

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX G
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS

G-1. INTRODUCTION
This appendix includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be
manufactured or fabricated. A part number index in alphanumeric order is provided
for cross-referencing the part number of the item to be manufactured to the figure
which covers the fabrication criteria. All bulk materials needed for manufacture of
an item are listed in a tabular list on the illustrations.

G-2. MANUFACTURED ITEMS PART NUMBER INDEX
Part Number
SW13319P-0080
SW13319P-0240
SW13319P-0320
SW13319P-0440
SW13319P-0560
SW13319P-0600
SW13319P-0840
SW13319P-0900
SW13319P-1200
SW13319P-1400
SW13319P-1900
SW13319P-2000
SW13319P-2440
SW13319P-2660
SW13321P-0800
SW13321P-0960
SW25338-3
SW25338-4
SW25338-6
SW25338-8
SW26522-1
SW26522-2
SW26666
EX-1002

Figure Number
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-1
G-2
G-2
G-3
G-4

Change 1

G-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

1.

Nonmetallic Tube

PART NUMBER
in.

LENGTH
(cm)

CONNECTOR
TYPE

NOMINAL
INNER DIA

MATERIAL

SW13319P-0080

8

(20.3)

A

A

3/8

3250-06104

SW13319P-0240

24

(60.9)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0320

32

(81.3)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0440

44

(111.8)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0560

56

(142.2)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0600

60

(152.4)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0840

84

(213.4)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-0900

90

(228.6)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-1200

120

(304.8)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-1400

140

(355.6)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-1900

190

(482.6)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-2000

200

(508.0)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-2440

244

(619.8)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13319P-2660

266

(675.7)

A

A

3/8

3250-16104

SW13321P-0800

80

(203.2)

B

B

5/8

3250-10103

SW13321P-0960

96

(243.8)

B

B

5/8

3250-10103

SW25338-3

54

(137.2)

A

B

3/8

62W3554B0

SW25338-4

72

(182.9)

A

B

3/8

62W3572B0

SW25338-6

84

(213.4)

A

B

3/8

62W3584B0

SW25338-8

106

(269.3)

A

B

3/8

62W3606B0

Figure G-1

G-2

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

2.

Gasket

Fabricate from:

Rubber Strip, MIL-C-3133SCE7K2.

Figure G-2

G-3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

3.

Assembly Tool (T1707 Offset Extension Socket)

Fabricate from:
a. HR/CR steel stock, 1/2 x 3.0 x 8.0 inches.
b. 1-7/8-inch 6-point impact socket.
c. 1-inch drive socket.
Notes:
a. All work surfaces must be level to within +0.005 inch.
b. Break all sharp edges/corners to 0.03R.
c. Weld components in place.

Figure G-3

G-4

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

4.

Tire Mounting Pedestal (EX-1002)

Figure G-4

Change 1

G-5/(G-6 blank)

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

APPENDIX H
TORQUE LIMITS

H-1. GENERAL
Use a torque wrench to check torque or tighten nuts and capscrews to specified
torque. Special torque values are indicated in the maintenance procedures. Standard
torque values should be used for other threaded fasteners. Refer to tables H-1 and
H-2.

Table H-1. Standard Torque Values
Suggested Torque Values +5 Percent
to Produce Corresponding Bolt Loads
SAE Grade 5

Size

Clamp
Load
(lbs)

SAE Grade 8

Assembly Torque
Dry
Lube
(lb ft)
(lb ft)

Clamp
Load
(lbs)

Assembly Torque
Dry
Lube
(lb ft)
(lb ft)

1/4-20

2020

8

75

2860

12

9

1/4-28

2320

10

86

3280

14

10

5/16-18

3340

17

13

4270

25

18

5/16-24

3700

19

14

5220

25

20

3/8-16

4940

30

23

7000

45

35

3/8-24

5600

35

25

7900

50

35

7/16-14

6800

50

35

9550

70

55

7/16-20

7550

55

40

10700

80

60

1/2-13

9050

75

55

12750

110

80

1/2-20

10700

90

65

14400

120

90

9/16-12

11600

110

80

16400

150

110

9/16-18

12950

120

90

18250

170

130

5/8-11

14400

150

110

20350

220

170

5/8-18

16950

180

130

23000

240

180

3/4-10

21300

260

200

30100

380

280

3/4-16

23800

300

220

33600

420

320

7/8-9

27000

400

300

41600

600

460

7/8-14

29800

440

320

45800

660

500

1-8

35500

580

440

54500

900

680

1-12

38800

640

480

59700

1000

740

H-1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

H-1. GENERAL (CONT)
Table H-2. Self-Locking Nut Breakaway Torque Values
NOTE
To determine breakaway torque, thread nut onto screw or bolt until at
least two threads stick out. Nut shall not make contact with a mating
part. Stop the nut. Torque necessary to begin turning nut again is the
breakaway torque. Do not reuse self-locking nuts that do not meet
minimum breakaway torque.

Thread Size

H-2

Minimum Breakaway
Torque (lb ft)

Thread Size

Minimum Breakaway
Torque (lb ft)

10-32

2.0

5/8-18

32.0

1/4-28

3.5

3/4-16

50.0

5/16-24

6.5

7/8-14

70.0

3/8-24

9.5

1-12

90.0

7/16-20

14.0

1-1/8-12

117.0

1/2-20

18.0

1-1/4-12

143.0

9/16-18

24.0

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
A

Air Bag Suspension
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Air Brake and Suspension System
Description ..........................................
Air Brake System
Testing (see PMCS, Operator)
Air Chambers (see Brake Air Chambers)
Air Cleaner
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Air Lines
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Air System
Description ..........................................
Air Tanks
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Axles
Data .................................................

4-39
4-39
2-3

4-19
4-19
4-21
4-21
4-21
2-2
4-22
4-22
1-11

B
Brake Air Chamber
Caging ...............................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Uncaging .............................................
Brake Control Valve
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Brakes
Adjustment ...........................................
Description ..........................................
Location .............................................
Brake Drums
Inspection ...........................................
Repair ...............................................

3-6
4-20
4-20
3-6
4-24
4-24
4-17
2-3
1-10
5-7
5-7

Index 1

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
B - CONT

Brake Shoes
Cleaning .............................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Bumpers
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................

4-16
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-31
1-10
4-31

C
Camshaft
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Clearance Marker Lights
Description ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Common Tools and Equipment..............................
Composite Lights
Description ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Connecting HEMAT to M270 MLRS...........................
Connecting HEMAT to Towing Vehicle (Optional Method)....
Connecting HEMAT to Towing Vehicle (Using Davit
Crane from HEMAT) ....................................

4-17
4-17
2-1
4-12
4-12
4-1, 5-1
2-1
4-11
4-11
4-11
2-30
2-15
2-14

D
Data Plates
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Davit Crane Mount
Description ..........................................
Destruction of Materiel.................................
Disconnecting HEMAT.....................................

4-46
1-12
4-46
2-6
1-3
2-18

E
Electrical System
Inspection ...........................................
Operator Maintenance .................................
Emergency Towing with M270 Multiple Launch Rocket
System (MLRS) Vehicle Constraints ....................
Equipment Characteristics, Capabilities, and Features...
Equipment Data..........................................

Index 2

Change 1

4-10
3-4
2-29
1-9
1-11

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
F

Fire Extinguisher.......................................
Fire Extinguisher Bracket
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Floorboards
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Foldable Steps
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Fording.................................................
Frame
Cleaning .............................................
Inspection ...........................................
Location .............................................
Repair ...............................................
Fresh Water Fording.....................................
Front Axle
Assembly .............................................
Cleaning .............................................
Disassembly ..........................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................

2-9
4-36
4-36
4-44
4-44
4-44
4-44
4-37
4-37
2-28
4-30
4-30
1-10
4-30
2-28
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-4

H
Hubs and Drums
Cleaning .............................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Wheel Bearing Adjustment .............................

4-26
4-26
4-26
4-26
4-26
4-26

I
Intervehicular Air Hoses
Description ..........................................
Intervehicular Cable
Description ..........................................

2-3
2-1

Index 3

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
K

Knuckle Assembly
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................

4-14
4-14

L
Leveling Valves
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Lifting Eyes
Description ..........................................
Location .............................................
Use of ...............................................
Lighting System
Description ..........................................
Location .............................................
Loading HEMAT...........................................
Location and Description of Major Components............
Lubrication Chart.......................................
Lubrication Instructions................................

4-40
4-40
2-10
2-10
2-20
2-1
2-1
2-17
1-10
3-2
3-1

M
Maintenance Forms and Records...........................
Major Components........................................
Marker Lights (see Clearance Marker Lights)
Metric Units............................................
Multifunction Valve
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................

1-2, 2-12
1-10
1-8
4-25
4-25

O
Operation...............................................
Operation in Dusty or Sandy Areas.......................
Operation in Extreme Cold...............................
Operation in Extreme Heat...............................
Operation in Mud........................................
Operation in Rainy or Humid Conditions..................
Operation in Salt Water Areas...........................
Operation in Snow.......................................

Index 4

2-17
2-27
2-21
2-22
2-26
2-23
2-24
2-25

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
P

PMCS
Operator .............................................
Unit .................................................
Pod Stops
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Preparation for Shipment................................
Preparation for Storage.................................
Preparation for Use After Storage.......................

2-13, T2-1
4-7, T4-1
4-32
1-10
4-32
5-9
5-8
5-10

R
Rear Axle
Assembly .............................................
Cleaning .............................................
Disassembly ..........................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Reflectors
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Relay Valves
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair Parts............................................
Reporting Equipment Improvement Recommendations.........

5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
5-6
4-45
1-10
4-45
4-23
4-23
4-3, 5-3
1-4

S
Safety, Care, and Handling..............................
Safety Chains
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Service Brake Assembly
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Servicing the Equipment.................................
Shock Absorbers
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................

1-7
4-34
2-4
4-34
4-15
4-15
4-5
4-41
4-41

Index 5

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
S - CONT

Side Panels
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Slack Adjuster
Brake Adjustment .....................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Spare Tire
Installation .........................................
Location .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Spare Tire Mount
Description ..........................................
Spare Tire Mounting.....................................
Special Tools, TMDE, and Support Equipment..............
Splash Guards
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Steering
Description ..........................................
Steering Adjustment
Four Wheel Alinement .................................
Long Tie Rod Adjustment ..............................
Short Tie Rod Adjustment .............................
Steering Stop Adjustment .............................
Stencils................................................
Stop and Taillight (see Composite Light)
Storage Box
Description ..........................................
Location .............................................
Storage Box Cover
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Suspension (Air)
Description ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Sway Bars
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................

Index 6

2-16
2-11
2-16
4-43
4-18
4-18
4-18
2-19
2-5
2-19
2-5
2-19
4-2, 5-2
4-33
4-33
2-7
4-29
4-29
4-29
4-29
1-13

2-8
2-8
4-35
4-35
4-35
2-2
4-39
4-39
4-42
4-42

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
S - CONT

Symptom Index
Operator .............................................
Unit .................................................

3-3
4-8

T
Tiedown Rings...........................................
Tie Rods
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Tires and Wheels
Cleaning and Inspection ..............................
Dismounting ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Mounting .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Torsion Bars
Cleaning .............................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Towbar
Assembly .............................................
Description ..........................................
Disassembly ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Towbar and Safety Chains
Description ..........................................
Towbar Pivot
Assembly .............................................
Cleaning .............................................
Disassembly ..........................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Towing HEMAT............................................
Troubleshooting
Operator .............................................
Unit .................................................
Turning of Drums........................................

1-10
4-28
4-28
4-26.1
4-26.1
3-5
4-26.1
3-5
4-26.1
5-5
5-5
5-5
5-5
4-38
2-3
4-38
4-38
4-38
2-4
4-27
4-27
4-27
4-27
4-27
4-27
2-17
3-4, T3-1
4-9, T4-2
5-7

U
Unpacking...............................................
Unloading HEMAT.........................................

4-4
2-17

Change 1

Index 7

TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ALPHABETIC INDEX (CONT)
Subject

Paragraph,
Table
W

Warranty................................................
Wheels and Tires
Cleaning and Inspection ..............................
Dismounting ..........................................
Installation .........................................
Mounting .............................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................
Wiring Harness
Cleaning .............................................
Inspection ...........................................
Installation .........................................
Removal ..............................................
Repair ...............................................

Index 8

Change 1

1-5
4-26.1
4-26.1
3-5
4-26.1
3-5
4-26.1
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-13
4-13

*U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1992 643-016/60054

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ITEM
NO.

PAGE
NO.

PARAGRAPH

DATE
13 DEC 1991

LINE
NO.*

FIGURE
NO.

TABLE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL) for
Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded Mobility,
11 Ton, M989A1

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible.)

* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

DATE
13 DEC 1991

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL)
for Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded
Mobility, 11 Ton, M989A1

ITEM
NO.

TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

USAPPC V3.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ITEM
NO.

PAGE
NO.

PARAGRAPH

DATE
13 DEC 1991

LINE
NO.*

FIGURE
NO.

TABLE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL) for
Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded Mobility,
11 Ton, M989A1

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible.)

* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

DATE
13 DEC 1991

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL)
for Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded
Mobility, 11 Ton, M989A1

ITEM
NO.

TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

USAPPC V3.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ITEM
NO.

PAGE
NO.

PARAGRAPH

DATE
13 DEC 1991

LINE
NO.*

FIGURE
NO.

TABLE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL) for
Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded Mobility,
11 Ton, M989A1

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible.)

* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

DATE
13 DEC 1991

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL)
for Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded
Mobility, 11 Ton, M989A1

ITEM
NO.

TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

USAPPC V3.00

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND
BLANK FORMS

Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and
Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).

DATE

For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.

TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

PART I - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS

PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

ITEM
NO.

PAGE
NO.

PARAGRAPH

DATE
13 DEC 1991

LINE
NO.*

FIGURE
NO.

TABLE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL) for
Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded Mobility,
11 Ton, M989A1

RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
(Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible.)

* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.

USAPPC V3.00

TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
AMSTA-LC-CI/TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 61299-7630

FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)

DATE

PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS

PUBLICATION NUMBER
TM 9-2330-383-14&P

PAGE
NO.

COLM
NO.

LINE
NO.

DATE
13 DEC 1991

NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER

REFERENCE
NO.

FIGURE
NO.

TITLE
Operator’s and Maintenance (including RPSTL)
for Trailer, Ammunition, Heavy Expanded
Mobility, 11 Ton, M989A1

ITEM
NO.

TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED

RECOMMENDED ACTION

PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE

TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION

SIGNATURE

USAPPC V3.00

PIN: 069300-001